HTTPSWWW - Mona.uwi - Edusocscisitesdefaultfilessocscifss Undergraduate Handbook 2022-2023 As at August 8 2022 PDF

FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES
UNDERGRADUATE HANDBOOK
ACADEMIC YEAR 2022-2023

DISCLAIMER
The Faculty of Social Sciences (FSS) Undergraduate Handbook is provided for

the convenience of current and prospective students and staff. It sets out the
e programmes offered; policies and
guidelines; description of programmes and courses offered on the Mona
Campus, and the Western Jamaica Campus (WJC).
The current edition was finalized in August 2022. A concerted effort was
and their Department at the start of the semester and during the course of
the academic year for updates as well as corrections of any errors or
omissions that have come to light subsequent to the finalization of the
Handbook. Students should always check with the latest Faculty Handbook
when considering programme alternatives and for course offerings.
2
STRUCTURE OF THE 2022-2023 UNDERGRADUATE HANDBOOK
Purpose and Scope

This Undergraduate Handbook is intended for use by:
(i) Prospective students
(ii) New and continuing students
(iii) Staff
It may be used as a prospectus, an orientation guide, and a reference

handbook for the groups mentioned above. It is intended to serve as a
general source for Faculty regulations and programme information. The
regulations, however, are to be used as a supplement rather than a
substitute for the official sources of University policies and procedures.
The programmes of study requirements outlined in this Handbook are to be

followed strictly by:
(i) newly-admitted students, i.e., students accepted to the Faculty
during the 2022-2023 academic year;
(ii) students who transferred into the Faculty during the 2022-2023
academic year;
(iii) Students approved for a change of Major/Special/Minor during the
2022-2023 academic year.
Organisation and Layout of the Handbook

To ensure that information is easily accessible, the 2022-2023
Undergraduate Handbook is divided into eight main parts. They are as
follows:
Part I: Introduction to the Faculty

Part II: Information for Prospective Students
Part III: Faculty Degree Regulations
Part IV: Programme of Study Requirements
Part V: Course Information
Part VI: Awards, Honours, Clubs and Societies
Part VII: Codes of Conduct and Responsibilities
Part VIII: Appendices
Part I begins with a welcome message from the Dean of the Faculty,and the
FSS Guild Representative, as well as contact information for key resource
personnel in the Faculty and the Registry.
Part II contains information for persons who may be contemplating

whether the Faculty of Social Sciences is their place to shine. Prospective
students will find information relating to admission requirements,
3
application procedures as well as a list of degree or diploma programmes
from which to choose.
Part III provides information on general degree regulations for all

undergraduate programmes, as well as regulations governing the
programme.
Part IV outlines information related to the

Each section begins with a welcome message from the Head of Department
followed by information and guidelines that are specific to each
department. Requirements for each Major, Minor or Special; course
offerings for the current year, course descriptions, anti-requisites and pre-
requisites are also stated.
Part V This section outlines anti-requisite courses and lists courses offered
in alphabetical order with a succinct description.
Part VI Highlights:
(i) and the criteria for inclusion
(ii) List of Faculty and Departmental prizes and awards
(iii) Overview of the Faculty Honours Society
(iv) Clubs and societies organized by students in the Faculty
Part VII is designed to promote an acceptable standard of attitudes and

behaviours among students and outlines the rules and responsibilities,
codes of conduct and guidelines on the use of University and Faculty
facilities.
Part VIII contains the Undergraduate Coursework Accountability Statement.
New students may opt to use the quick guide to registration and course
selection information, and Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) to
supplement information received during Orientation and Registration
Week. Students will also find a list of service providers or request handlers
in the Faculty and instructions on how to apply for or request these services
via the Automated Student Request System (ASRS). See Appendix V for
steps on how to access the system.
Students should note that the Faculty continuously updates its website
(https://www.mona.uwi.edu/socsci/) with announcements and up-to-date
information on programmes of study and university regulations, Faculty
events and resources, as well as other student enrichment resources that
were not included in this publication.
4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Disclaimer ...................................................... 1
Structure of the 2022-2023 Undergraduate Handbook . 2
Part I Introduction to the Faculty

Message from the Dean 9
. 11
Faculty Office Personnel .. . 12
Department Personnel.. 14
Registry Personnel . .. . 16
Part II Information for Prospective Students

Making UWI your Place to Shine .... 18
Overview of the Faculty of Social Sciences .. 18
General and Faculty Admissions Requirements .. 18
English Language Requi 19
BSc. Degree Programmes . 21
. 24
Part III Faculty Degree Regulations

General Regulations for the BSc. Degree Programmes 26
Glossary of Terms Used 26
Orientation and Academic Advising . . 27
Course Credits and Weighting Regulations 27
Programme of Study Regulations 28
Co-curricular Credits Regulations .. 29
Foundation Courses Regulations . 30
Exemption Regulations . 31
Registration Regulations 32
Full-time and Part-time Regulations . . 34
Withdrawal and Re-admission Regulations 34
. 36
Cross Faculty and Cross Campus Transfers 36
Exchange Programme and Study Abroad Regulations 37
Leave of Absence Regulations 38
Examination Regulations . 39
Coursework 39
Carry Over Coursework Grades . 40
Oral Examinations for Final-Year Student 40
Examinations Only Regulations . 41
. 41
Cheating and Academic Integrity 42
Review of Examination Results 42
GPA Regulations .. 43
5
Requirements for the Award of the Degree 43
Aegrotat Degree 45
Regulations Governing Summer School . 46
Part IV Programme of Study Requirements

Department of Economics
Message from the Head of Department .. 50
Department Information and Guidelines 52
Economics (Major) .. 53
Economics and Mathematics (Double .. 53
. 55
Economics (Major) with Mathematics (Minor) .. 56
Banking and Finance (Major) .. 57
Banking and Finance and Economics (Double Major) . 58
Statistics (Major) ... 59
Economics (Minor) 60
60
Course Offerings: Department of Economics 61
Department of Government
Message from the Head of Department . 64
Political Science (Major) 67
History and International Relations.......................................... 68
International Relations (Major) 69
Public Policy and Management (Major) 70
Political Leadership, Strategy and Management (Major) 71
Africa and African Diaspora Studies (Minor)............................... 72
Political Science (Minor), International Relations (Minor) 72
Criminology (Minor) 72
Political Leadership, Strategy and Management (Minor 73
Public Policy and Management (Minor) 74
Politics and International Cooperation 74
Course Offerings: Department of Government 76
Mona School of Business and Management
Message from the Executive Director 79
Accounting (Major) 81
Chemistry & Management (Option) . 82
Entrepreneurship (Major) 83
Human Resource Management (Major) .. 84
Management Studies (Major) .. 84
Marketing (Major) 85
Operations Management (Major) . 86
Tourism Management (Major) 88
Accounting (Minor), Management Studies (Minor) 90
6
Tourism Management (Minor) 91
Course Offerings 92
Department of Sociology, Psychology and Social Work
Message from the Head of Department 96
Demography (Major) . 101
Labour and Employment Relations (Major) 102
Psychology (Major) 103
Social Anthropology (Major) 104
Social Policy and Development (Major) 105
Sociology (Major) 106
Social Work (Special) . 107
Criminology (Minor), Demography (Minor) 108
Human Resource Development (Minor), Psychology (Minor) 109
Social Anthropology (Minor), Social Policy and Development (Minor) 110
Social Psychology (Minor), Sociology (Minor) .. 111
Diploma Programmes 112
Course Offerings: Sociology, Psychology and Social Work .. 115
Centre for Disability Studies
Message from the Director .. 120
Course Offerings: Centre for Disability Studies 122
Western Jamaica Campus
Message from the Campus Director 123
Programme Information and Guidelines ... 124
Programme of Study Requirements (Majors) 125
Programme of Study Requirements (Minors) . 127
Course Offering: Western Jamaica Campus.. . 129
Part V Course Information

Anti- Requisites 130
Course Descriptions 131
Part VI Awards, Honours, Clubs and Societies

203
Faculty Prizes and Awards . 204
Faculty and Department Prizes and Awards 206
Faculty of Social Sciences Honours Society . 209
Student Clubs, Associations, and Societies 210
Part VII Codes of Conduct and Responsibilities

Responsibilities of Faculty of Social Sciences Students . 212
Faculty of Social Sciences General Code of Conduct 213
Guidelines and Code of Conduct for Instructional Sessions . 215
Roles and Responsibilities of Course Representatives .. 217
Guidelines for use of Faculty of Social Sciences Meeting Point 218
7
Guidelines for the Use of all Quiet Areas in the Faculty.............. 219
Policy Concerning the Display of Notices in the Faculty .............. 220
Part VIII Appendices

I. FSS (Mona) Philosophy of Teaching and Learning . 224
II. Undergraduate Coursework Accountability Statement .. 227
III. Presenting and Documenting Material in Course Essays 229
IV. Student Services Offered by the Faculty .. 233
V. Overview of the Automated Student Request System (ASRS) 234
VI. Credit Check 235
VII. Co-curricular Courses 236
VIII. Frequently Asked Questions .. 237
IX. Sexual Harassment Policy and Procedures . 238
X. Online Learning Guide and Email Etiquette 242
XI. FSS Community Appoints the Tiger as Mascot 245
XII. Emergency Contact Information .. 246
8
PART I
Introduction to the Faculty
MESSAGE FROM THE DEAN
MESSAGE FROM THE FSS GUILD

REPRESENTATIVE
FACULTY AND DEPARTMENTAL PERSONNEL
REGISTRY PERSONNEL
9
MESSAGE FROM THE FSS GUILD REPRESENTATIVE
To all Tigers and Cubs,
The FSS Guild Committee is deeply thrilled to know that you have made the
right decision to be a part of a faculty that boasts an unbeatable streak of
academic excellence and greatness. As we prepare to return to some level
of normalcy - I express to you that your university experience will be more
exciting, inclusive, and conducive to fostering a greater degree of holistic
development.
To all our incoming Cubbies, congratulations on your matriculation to the

University of the West Indies, Mona, and also, welcome to the Faculty of
Social Sciences. You have finally arrived at the doorway that will equip you
with the necessary skills and knowledge to succeed in an increasingly
competitive international marketplace. As you embark on this new chapter
of your life, I implore you to continue to harness your visions and gifts into
new potentials despite the challenges that you may encounter. You will
meet new friends, fall in and out of love with your degree and make lifelong
memories as a Tiger. While we encourage you to be fully grounded in your
studies, taking advantage of the wide range of extra-curricular activities
that the university offers is also imperative. Be reminded as well, that when
faced with difficulties the administration and faculty staff are here to quell
your concerns and guide you.
To our returning Tigers, the Guild Committee applauds your drive to finish
your degree. The pledge now is to rise to whatever challenge awaits you
and trod ahead, holding firmly to those promises you have laid down when
you started. As we anticipate a grand return and admission of over eight
thousand tigers and cubs, the FSS Guild Committee is ready to provide
optimal student representation. Each member is propelled by one single
desire; that desire is to see each tiger grow to their fullest potential. We
have tons of activities planned to better your personal development and
also to address any concerns you may have.
. Welcome to the Faculty of Social Sciences!
Joeseph McLean
10
FACULTY OFFICE PERSONNEL
Telephone: (876) 927-2592 | (876) 977-0640 | (876) 395-0170 (WhatsApp)
Email: [email protected] | [email protected]
Social Media: Facebook, Twitter, Instagram: @fssuwimona|LinkedIn: FSS UWI Mona
Website: www.mona.uwi.edu/socsci/
Dean
Dr Heather Ricketts, BSc, MPhil, PhD UWI
Deputy Dean
Dr Christine Clarke, BA Mount Holyoke, MA, PhD Rice
Email:[email protected] | [email protected]
Associate Dean, Graduate Studies and Research

Dr Delroy Chevers, BBA UTech, MSc, PhD UWI
Email: [email protected]
Associate Dean, Partnerships and Resource Mobilization

Dr Lisa Vasciannie, BSc, MSc, PhD UWI
Associate Dean, Undergraduate Studies and Student Experience

Dr Caryl James Bateman, BSc, MSc, PhD UWI
Senior Administrative Officer

Ms Stephanie Pinnock, BSc UWI, MSc Surrey
Administrative Officer
Ms Kayann Henry, BA, JTheoSem, BA UWI, MSc Nova
Administrative Officer
Mrs Allison Bailey Wedderburn, BSc, MSc UWI
Information Technology Officer

Mrs Kiesha Sherman-Howell, BSc, MBA UWI
Marketing Officer
Mrs Francesca Lloyd-McDavid
11
Research and Planning Officer
Mrs Shara Williams-Lue, BSc, MSc UWI
Senior Administrative Assistant

Mrs Keisha Gayle-Williams, BSc UWI
Administrative Secretary
Ms Ravenne Reid, BA UWI | Email: [email protected]
Ms Aneasha Creary, BSc UWI | Email: [email protected]
Mrs Marian Williams Shirley, BSc, MSc UWI
Senior Computer Technologist

Mr Joshua Bell, BSc UWI | Email: [email protected]
Building Supervisor
Mr Odaine Williams, BSc UWI | Email: [email protected]
DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL
UWI Centre for Disability Studies

Tel: (876) 977-9423 | Website: http://cds.mona.uwi.edu/
Director
Senator Dr. Floyd Morris, BSc, MSc, PhD UWI
Tel: (876) 977-1188 | (876) 361-8363 | (876) 428-6268
Website: https://www.mona.uwi.edu/economics/
Head of Department
Dr Nadine McCloud, BSc, MPhil UWI MA, PhD SUNY Binghamton

Ms Marjorie Bryan, BSc, MA UWI
12
Tel: (876) 977-5935|(876) 551-7841|(876) 551-6004|(876)550-9120|(876) 560-7802
Website: https://www.mona.uwi.edu/government/
Head of Department
Prof Suzette Haughton,BSc, MSc UWI, PhD Kings College, London

Ms June Pinto,CPA, BSc, Dip. BA, CPM, CEP UWI, MBA UTech

Tel: (876) 977-3775 | (876) 977-4649 | (876) 553-3553
Website: https://www.mona.uwi.edu/msbm/
Executive Director
Dr David McBean,BSc UWI, PhD Oxford
Deputy Executive Director

Mr Stanford Moore, BSc UWI, MEng. Heriot Watt, MMM Northwestern
Manager, Administrative Processes

Mrs Rose-Marie Williams Hudson, BSc, MBA UWI

Tel: (876) 977-0315 | Website:https://www.mona.uwi.edu/spsw/
Head of Department
Dr Herbert Gayle, BA, MSc UWI, PhD London
Office Manager
Mr Franklyn Wapp, CPR, CPA UWI
13
REGISTRY PERSONNEL
Student Affairs (Admissions and International Office)

Tel: (876) 927-2779|(876) 878-0047|(876) 878-0053|(876) 852-0160|(876)890-1579
Website: https://www.mona.uwi.edu/admissions/ | www.mona.uwi.edu/iso/
Senior Assistant Registrar Dr Marsha Morgan-Allen

Assistant Registrar Mr Jamani Dunn
Senior Administrative Assistant Mrs Donna Foster (Admissions)
Senior Administrative Assistant Ms Hermine Tyrell (International Students)
Registry Information Systems (RIS)

Tel: (876) 970-4472| Email: [email protected]
Information Systems Manager Mr Leighton Chambers
Administrative Assistant Ms Shakira Caine
Examinations
Tel: (876) 977-3544 | Email: [email protected]
Assistant Registrar Mr Kevin Tai
Senior Administrative Assistant Ms Jillian Gordon
Office of Student Financing

Tel: (876) 702-4646 | Website: https://www.mona.uwi.edu/osf/
Manager Ms Shana Hastings
Office of Student Services and Development

Tel: (876) 970-2739|3880| Website: https://www.mona.uwi.edu/oss/
Director Mr Jason McKenzie
Administrative Officer Mrs Rasheen Roper-Robinson
Student Administrative Services Section/ Bursary

Tel: (876) 970-6756 | Website: https://sas.mona.uwi.edu/
Manager, Billings and Collections Mr Ruel Nelson
Assistant Manager Mrs Jacqueline Scott Crossley
14
PART II
Information for
Prospective Students
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
ENGLISH LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS
BSc. DEGREE PROGRAMMES OFFERED
TYPICAL FIRST YEAR CURRICULUM
SUGGESTED CAREER AREAS
15
MAKING THE UWI YOUR PLACE TO SHINE
The university and the programme you choose are crucial to your future
success. We re providing you with the information and resources that will
help you to make the right choice. This prospectus is designed as a broad
introduction to the Faculty of Social Sciences what we do, what we offer,
and how we can help you to achieve your goals. It covers all of our
undergraduate programmes, applications and matriculation requirements
and career areas in the Social Sciences. For more information, please
contact an administrator or visit the various department websites.
OVERVIEW OF THE FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

The Faculty of Social Sciences, through its academic departments, offers a
wide range of undergraduate programmes leading to a Bachelor of Science
(BSc.) degree. These programmes are designed to be completed in three
years by full-time students and four years by part-time students. The
Faculty also offers Minors which allow students to explore an independent
or related field of study thereby complementing their substantive Major.
The Faculty has, for over sixty years, provided an excellent teaching and
learning environment, fostered a vibrant student body, and facilitated
research and scholarship in practically every sphere of Caribbean life. With
over 4,000 undergraduate students currently enrolled across all disciplines
of the Social Sciences, the Faculty continues to attract and welcome the
brightest, the critical and creative thinker, the ambitious, the inquisitive,
the scientific minded and the lifelong, self-motivated learner.
UWI STATEMENT ON STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES
facilitate the efforts of persons with disabilities to acquire university
students with disabilities at the institution be increasingly brought in line

with the number of disabled persons in the relevant age cohorts in the
wider society. It is the aim that no student whose academic qualifications
are good enough to qualify for competitive entry be unable to accept a
Committee, 1995).
GENERAL AND FACULTYADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

Applicants must have satisfied the University Matriculation requirements
for entry to a degree programme (See University Matriculation
requirements https: //www.mona.uwi.edu/admissions/firsttime.php).
Admission to all degree and diploma programmes in the Faculty will be on a

competitive basis. Therefore, the fulfillment of the mandatory minimum
requirements does not guarantee admission.
16
The minimum requirements for full-time (3 years) and part-time (4 years)
admission to the Bachelor of Science degree programmes in the Faculty are
set out below.
Minimum Requirements for the Three (3) Year Degree Programme (Full Time)
Applicants must satisfy the requirements in (a) or (b) or (c) below:
(a) Five (5) CXC/CSEC (General Proficiency Grades I-III from June 1998) or
GCE/BGCSE O (Grades A-C) with compulsory subjects:
Mathematics and English Language in addition to two (2) CAPE subjects
either at Unit 1 or 2 (Grade 1-4) and current registration for either Unit 1
or 2,or GCE/BGCSE passes in a minimum of two (2) subjects; or
(b) An Associate degree, Diploma and/or Certificate from other approved

tertiary institutions having attained a B+ average or a minimum GPA of
2.5; or
(c) High School Grade 12 transcript with a minimum GPA of 3.0 and a
minimum SAT I score of 1200 plus a minimum of two (2) SAT II subjects
at a score of 500 or above or successful completion of Advanced
Placement Courses or the International Baccalaureate programme.
Note: Departmental requirements apply for the BSc. Social Work

programme. These include two (2) references, a personal statement and
information on co- and extra-curricular activities and/or an interview.
Minimum Requirements for Four (4) Year Degree Programme (Part Time)
Applicants must satisfy the requirements in either (a) or (b) below:
(a) Five (5) CXC/CSEC (General Proficiency Grades I-III from June 1998) or
GCE/ -C) with compulsory subjects:
Mathematics and English Language in addition to one (1) CAPE subject
or
(b) High School Grade 12 transcript with a minimum GPA of 2.5 and a
minimum SAT I score of 1050.
17
ENGLISH LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT
English Language is compulsory for admission to all programmes. The
English Language Proficiency Test (ELPT) is used to assess whether persons
applying to pursue undergraduate degree programmes at the UWI, Mona
Campus possess a satisfactory level of writing and reading proficiency in
English for university academic purposes. The results of applicants who pass
the test will remain valid for a period of five (5) years.
For information on test registration procedures and test format, kindly

contact the Admissions Section of the Registry on the Mona Campus.
Exemption from Sitting the ELPT

Applicants in the categories (a-g) below are NOT required to sit the test:
(a) Persons with any ONE of the following English Language qualifications:
Grade 1-CXC/CSEC English A examination
Grade A- Level English Language examination
Grade A- Level General Paper examination
Grade A -
Grade A -
Grade A -
Grade A- Communications 1&2,College of Agriculture Science & Education
Grades 1 & 2-CAPE Communication Studies
Grade B+ or above-College English Skills I or II, University of Bahamas
Grade B+ or above-Advanced Communication or Business
Communication, University of Technology
Grade B+ or above-Freshman Composition I or II, Northern Caribbean
University
Grade B+ or above - College English II, The Mico University College
Grade B+ or above - COMM1101, Council of Community Colleges
IELTS (academic test only) - overall score of at least 7 (at least 6.5 in
reading and listening; and at least 7 in writing and speaking is
required)
(b) Persons who are already holders of an undergraduate degree from the
UWI or from an approved university, and persons with a Grade A in a
college English course from an approved university.
(c) Persons holding a UWI Certificate in Advanced Nursing Education and

Administration or a UWI Licentiate of Theology.
(d) Persons who have passed the UWI Mass Communications course Media
and Language (COMM5201).
18
(e) Persons who passed the UWI Mona ELPT in 2017 onward (since results
are valid for a period of five (5) years).
(f) Persons who successfully completed any of the following UWI English
Language courses from 2010 onwards: UC010; UC10A; UC10C; UC10D;
UC10L; UC10H; UC120; FD10A; FOUN1001; FOUN1002; COMS1001;
COMS1002; FOUN1003; FOUN1008; FOUN1013.
(g) Nationals of non-contributing Caribbean Territories and the Turks and

Caicos Islands. These persons are required to sit a diagnostic test at
Mona upon acceptance to the University of the West Indies, Mona. The
UWI contributing countries are: Anguilla, Antigua & Barbuda, the
Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, British Virgin Islands, Cayman Islands,
Dominica, Grenada, Jamaica, Kitts and Nevis, Montserrat, St. Lucia, St.
Vincent & the Grenadines, Trinidad & Tobago.
BSc. DEGREE PROGRAMMES
Degree Categories
In the Faculty of Social Sciences we are committed to focusing on students
individual requirements to help them make the most of their potential. In
response to students demand for more flexibility with the Social Sciences
disciplines, we offer BSc. Degrees from among the following categories:
Major, Double Major, Major and Minor, Special/Option, and Minor.
(a) Major - a Major is made up of a minimum of thirty (30) credits in the

subject area at Levels II and III.
(b) Double Major - a Double Major is made up of a minimum of thirty (30)

credits each in two (2) subject areas at Levels II and III.
(c) Major and Minor - a Major/Minor is comprised of a minimum of thirty

(30) Levels II and III credits in the subject area of the Major and fifteen
(15) Levels II and III credits in the subject area of the Minor.
(d) Special- a Special is comprised of a minimum of forty-five (45) credits in

the subject area at Levels II and III.
(e) Minor - a Minor is comprised of a minimum of fifteen (15) credits in the

subject area at Levels II and III.
19
Degree Programme Offering for 2022-2023
The right degree programme for you will offer the combination of courses
that will help you to achieve academic success and realize your career goals.
Make the right choice from among the degree categories listed below.
KEY: Cave Hill (CH) | Mona (M) | St. Augustine (SA) | Weekend Programmes
(WEP) | Western Jamaica Campus, Montego Bay (WJC) | Open Campus (OC)
A Major is available from among the following subject areas only:

Accounting (M, WEP, WJC)
Banking and Finance (M, WEP, WJC)
Criminology (SA)
Demography (M)
Economics (CH, M, SA,WJC)
Entrepreneurship (M, WEP, WJC)
Finance (WJC)
Governance and Local Government (SA)
Human Resource Management (M, WEP, WJC)
History and International Relations (M)
International Relations (M, WJC)
Labour and Employment Relations (M)
Leadership and Management (SA)
Management Studies (CH, M, SA, WEP, WJC)
Marketing (M, WEP, WJC)
Operations Management (M, WJC)
Political Leadership, Strategy and Management (M, WJC)
Political Science (CH, M, SA)
Psychology (M, SA, WJC)
Public Policy and Management (M)
Social Anthropology (M)
Social Policy and Development (M)
Sociology (M, SA, CH)
Statistics (M)
Tourism Management (M, WJC)
A Special is available from among the following subject areas only:

Accounting (CH, SA)
Banking and Finance (CH, SA)
Economics (CH, SA)
Hospitality and Tourism Management (CH, SA)
Hotel Management (CH)
Insurance and Risk Management (SA)
International Relations (SA, CH)
International Tourism Management (SA)
Labour and Employment (CH)
20
Management Studies (CH, SA)
Political Science (CH)
Public Sector Management (CH, SA)
Psychology (CH, SA)
Sociology (CH)
Social Work (CH,M, SA)
Sports Management (CH)
Tourism Management (CH, SA)
An Option is available from among the following subject areas only:

Chemistry & Management (M)
A Minor may be declared from among the following subject areas:

Accounting (CH, M, SA, WJC)
Anthropology (SA)
Criminology (M, SA, CH)
Cultural Studies (CH)
Demography (M)
Economics (M, CH, SA)
Environmental Economics (SA)
French (CH)
Finance (SA)
Gender and Development Studies (SA, CH)
History (CH)
Human Resource Development (M)
Human Resource Management (SA)
International Relations (M, SA, CH, WJC)
Law (CH, M)
Marketing (SA)
Management Studies (CH, M, SA, WJC)
Management Information Systems (SA)
Political Leadership, Strategy and Management (M)
Political Science (CH, M, WJC, SA)
Public Policy and Management (M)
Public Sector Management (CH, SA)
Psychology (SA, M, CH)
Social Anthropology (M)
Social Development Policy and Planning (SA)
Social Policy and Development(M)
Social Policy (SA)
Social Psychology (M)
Sociology (M, SA, CH)
Spanish (M, CH, SA)
Sports Management (SA)
Statistics (M)
21
Tourism (M)
Undergraduate Diploma programmes are offered in the following areas:

Accounting (SA) Psychology (M)
Social Work (M) Sociology (M)
Population and Development (M)
Public Sector Management (SA)
Security Administration (SA)
Caribbean Studies (SA)
CAREER PATHS
A Social Sciences degree will prepare you for an exciting career as one of
the following professionals:
Accountant
Anthropologist
Applied Psychologist
Banker
Clinical Psychologist
Counselling Psychologist
Criminologist
Demographer
Diplomatic Officer
Economist
Employment and Labour Relations Specialist
Event Planner
Food and Beverage Manager
Foreign Policy and Trade Analyst
Human Resources Manager
Internal Auditor
International Relations Expert
Labour Economist
Management Consultant
Marketing Specialist
Pollster
Political Scientist
Production Manager
Public Administrator
Sociologist
Social Policy Specialist
Social Worker
Statistician
Trade Negotiator
Tourism Analyst and Consultant
22
PART III
Faculty Degree Regulations
PROGRAMME REGULATIONS
GPA REGULATIONS
EXAMINATION REGULATIONS
SUMMER SCHOOL REGULATIONS
23
GENERAL REGULATIONS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCES IN
THE FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES
Glossary of terms used in these Regulations:
anti-requisites refer to courses where content overlap precludes courses

being taken together for credit. Students are urged to view the listing in
Part V of this Handbook and consult their Department for guidance.
core/compulsory courses vs elective courses: Programme requirements

consist of compulsory and elective courses. While core/compulsory
courses are listed by name, there are two types of elective courses. These
are(i) free elective selectedfrom any Department or
Faculty at the appropriate level, or (ii) where the
discipline and level are usually specified. For example, the requirement
may call for two Level III Psychology electives . Altogether, they must be
completed to make up the 90 credits required to be awarded a degree.
course substitution refers to cases where a course is used to replace a

compulsory or core course requirements.
Students must seek and obtain approval of replacement courses.
credit refers to a unit of study counting towards a degree or diploma.

Undergraduate courses in the Faculty normally carry a weighting of three
(3) credits. A number of courses, however, carry a weighting of six (6)
credits.
exemption with credit refers to cases where a student is granted

exemption from UWI courses because the student has already passed
courses in other programmes at the UWI or passed courses of similar
content at other recognized institutions. Students are not required to
take replacement courses. Requests should be made via the Automated
Student Request System (ASRS) accessed via Student Administrative
System (SAS).
exemption without credit refers to cases where a student is

grantedexemption from UWI courses because s/he has already
passedequivalent courses/subjects at other recognized institutions or
from other examination bodies. Students granted exemption without
credit are required to takereplacement courses. Requests should be
made via the Automated Student Request System (ASRS) accessed via
Student Administrative System (SAS).
leave of absence is granted to a student who isunable to continue his/her

studies for a semester or more for financial, work related, personal or
24
medical reasons. Permission must be requested using the Automated
Student Request System (ASRS) accessed via the online portal Student
Administrative System (SAS).
leveI represents the different standard of courses that must be

completed in the degree programme. There are three levels, namely level
I, level II, and level III representing the three years for completion of the
BSc degree. These are designated by the first numeral in the course code,
e.g., ECON1002 (level I), GOVT2004 (level II) and SOCI3025 (level III).
pre-requisites are courses which must be completed before being

permitted to register for a higher level course, e.g. PSYC1000 must be
successfully completed before taking PSYC2002.
1. ORIENTATION AND ACADEMIC ADVISING
1.1 Attendance at orientation by newly-admitted students is

mandatory. During orientation, students will meet the staff, learn
about the Faculty, and receive information about their programme
of study.
1.2 Academic advising, though available to all students throughout the

course of study, is particularly emphasized for new students. Its
primary purpose is to assist students in planning, monitoring, and
successfully managing their chosen field of study, in relation to
clear career objectives.
2. COURSE CREDITS AND WEIGHTING REGULATIONS
2.1 Normally, each undergraduate course in the Faculty carries a

weighting of three (3) credits.
2.2 Courses taught over an academic year (i.e.year-long or across

Semesters 1 and 2) normally carry a weighting of six (6) credits.
Students must register for the course in both Semesters.
2.3 In the case of substitution for a 6-credit course, the alternative is

either another 6-credit course or two 3-credit courses.
2.4 Credit hours earned refers to the credits for each course that count
toward the degree requirement and for which a passing grade is
obtained. See below for a definition of credit hours according to
the Board for Undergraduate Studies (May 2015):
25
One credit hour is equivalent to three theoretical hours of learning
per week per semester. For purposes of determining student
workload, three notional hours of learning may include:
(a) ONE contact hour and TWO hours out-of-class student work
per week per semester;
(b) a minimum of TWO hours of supervised laboratory work per
week per semester;
(c) or at least FOUR hours of directed learning activities (including
project work, research work, practicum and internships)
undertaken by the student out of class per week per semester.
Revision conducted during the three-week formal examination

period at the end of the Semester is subsumed in this definition on
a pro-rata basis.
2.5 Credit hours earned in courses taken on a Pass/Fail basis are not
included in calculating GPA.
2.6 Credits hours earned from another institution at the time of

admission to the UWI are not used in the computation of GPA.
2.7 No academic credit may be granted for auditing a course.
3. PROGRAMME OF STUDY REGULATIONS
3.1 Programme of Study Requirements

Candidates for any of the degree programmes must pursue a
course of study comprising at least 90 credits: at least 30 credits at
Level I and at least 60 credits at Levels II and III. As such, a student
must be formally registered in one of the following categories:
(a) Major: 30 credits for Major and 30 credits for electives

(b) Double Major: 30 credits for each of two Majors
(c) Major and one Minor: 30 credits for Major, 15 credits for
Minor and 15 credits for electives
(d) Major and two Minors: 30 credits for a Major and 15 credits for
each of two Minors
(e) Special/Option: Minimum of 45 credits for Special/Option and
15 credits for electives.
3.2 Students MUST complete ALL of the requirements for Levels I, II

and III of their degree programmes as indicated below:
3.2.1 Requirements for Level I of the degree programme

26
Students are required to complete a minimum of 30
credits or ten 3-creditLevel I courses, depending on the
choice of degree as follows:
(a) Three (3) University foundation courses.
(b) Pre-requisites for Level II/III courses and/or free
electives.
(c) Any other courses designated by the Departments
which are not included in the above.
3.2.2 Requirements for Level II and Level III of the degree

programme
Students are required to complete 60 credits normally a
combination of 20 Level II and Level III courses designated
(a) 30 credits for one Major and 30 credits of Electives

(b) 30 credits for each of two (double)Majors
(c) 30 credits foroneMajor and 15 for each of two Minors
(d) 30 credits for one Major, 15 for one Minor and 15 for
Electives
(e) Minimum of 45 credits for oneSpecial/Option and a
maximum of 15 credits for Electives
3.3 Students are required to satisfy pre-requisites (where applicable)

for Levels II and III courses. Students, however, do not have to
complete all courses at one level before taking a course at another
level as long as the pre-requisites for the course(s) have been met.
3.4 The Academic Board may require that the timing of registration in
particular courses be such as to ensure that the course of study
extends over either at least five semesters and two summer
sessions or six semesters.
4. REGULATIONS REGARDING CO-CURRICULAR CREDITS
4.1 Co-curricular credits will be awarded on the following basis:

(a) Students must be involved in the activity for at least one (1)
semester.
(b) Explicit learning outcomes must be identified for each activity.
(c) There must be clearly defined mode(s) of assessment for each
activity.
4.2 Students will be eligible for no more than 3 credits for involvement
in co-curricular activities. The activities may be Campus specific.
27
4.3 Co-curricular credits shall not be taken into account in the
determination of class of degree.
4.4 The assessment of co-curricular credits shall be pass/fail .
4.5 All co-curricular activities/programmes must be approved in

advance by the Faculty and Academic Boards.
4.6 A student may register for Co-curricular courses established under

the Office of Student Services and Development. See Appendix VII
(page 244) for a list of these courses.
4.7 Subject to Faculty Regulations, co-curricular credits will form part

of the 90 credits for a degree. However, in special circumstances, if
credits are earned in excess of those required for the degree, these
transcript.
5. FOUNDATION COURSES REGULATIONS
5.1 In academic year 1998-1999 the UWI instituted a minimum of nine

credits of Foundation Courses. These Level I courses are designed
to improve academic writing and promote sensitivity to and
awareness of distinctive features of Caribbean cosmologies,
identities and culture.
5.2 The Foundation courses are:

(a) FOUN1013: Critical Reading and Writing in the Social Sciences
1
(b) FOUN1019 : Critical Reading and Writing in the Disciplines
(c) FOUN1101: Caribbean Civilization
(d) FOUN1201: Science, Medicine & Technology in Society
(e) FOUN1301: Law, Governance, Economy and Society
(f) Any other course approved by Board of Undergraduate Studies
5.3 Students registered in the Faculty of Social Sciences are required to

do FOUN1013 or FOUN1019, FOUN1101, and FOUN1201. Students
MUST complete FOUN1013 or FOUN1019 during the first year of
their degree programme.
1
FOUN1019 is a year-long course to be completed in lieu of FOUN1013 by students who did
not meet the English Language requirement (listed on pages 18-19) AND sat and failed the
ELPT (i.e., earned a score of 2).
28
5.4 The Foundation course, FOUN1301: Law, Governance, Economy
and Society will not count for credit in the programmes of the
Faculty of Social Sciences except with the permission of the Dean.
5.5 Exemption in whole or in part from the requirements under 5.3

may be grantedby the Board for Undergraduate Studies.
5.6 A student may be allowed to substitute one of the non-language

Foundation Courses (i.e. FOUN1101 or FOUN1201) with a foreign
language course at Level 1 or above.
5.7 Foundation courses shall be included in the calculation of

semester GPAs but do not count in the calculation of Degree GPA.
6. EXEMPTION REGULATIONS
6.1 The guidelines for granting exemption and credit exemption are:
From UWI Certificates (CPA, CSS, CBA)
A student who, prior to taking the Certificate, has:
(a) Normal-level matriculation will receive exemptionwith credit
for all degree courses.
(b) Lower-level matriculation will receive exemptionwith credit for
5 courses or 15 credits*
(c) No matriculation will receive exemptionwith credit for 4
courses or 12 credits*
*A student may receive exemption without credit for any other
degree course passed.
6.2 From CAPE without Credit

A student who has obtained Grades I-IV in the following CAPE
Examinations may receive exemption without credit for the
corresponding UWI Level courses as follows:
CAPE Subjects and corresponding UWI Level I Courses

Accounting [Unit 1] exemption from ACCT1005
Accounting [Unit 2] exemption from ACCT1003
Economics [Units 1& 2] exemption from ECON1000&/or ECON1012
Statistical Analysis exemption from SOCI1005 &ECON1005
Applied Mathematics [Unit1] exemption fromSOCI1005/ECON1005
Sociology [Unit 1]exemption from SOCI1002
Pure Mathematics [Units 1 & 2] exemption from ECON1003
It is important to note that Students granted exemption without
credit due to CAPE should register for a Level I replacement
course(s) of their choosing.
29
Applications for exemption must be made using the Automated
Student Request System (ASRS) accessed via the online portal
Student Administrative System (SAS).
2
6.3 From Other Universities
(a) A student transferring from another university to read for a
UWI degree will have to do a minimum of two years of full-time
study or 60 credits to satisfy the residency requirement.
(b) For courses not on our approved listing students will be advised
to submit course outlines to the Faculty Office to determine
equivalency. Any course approved will earn students exemption
withcredit from UWI equivalent coursesup to the limit indicated
by (a) above.
(c) Exemption without credit may be granted for course(s) in
excess of limit indicated at the discretion of the Dean.
6.4 From Three Year Associate Degree Programmes at Accredited

Tertiary Learning Institutions (TLI)
Credit exemption will be granted for all courses that have been
deemed to be equivalent to UWI courses if a minimum B grade has
been achieved and only if the degree programme was completed.
7. REGISTRATION REGULATIONS
7.1 Students must register for courses at the beginning of each

academic year unless they wish to take leave of absence or
voluntarily withdraw (see section 13 below for Leave of Absence).
7.2 Registration for a course constitutes registration for the

examinations in that course.
7.3 A student who has successfully completed a course will not be

permitted to re-register for that course for any reason inclusive of
trying to improve his or her GPA.
7.4 A student is deemed to have completedregistration for a course

when his/her financial obligations to the University have been
fulfilled.
7.5 Deadlines for changes of registration including withdrawal from or
addition of courses will be as prescribed in University Regulations.
2
It should be noted that first year (Level I) courses in the American Four Year Undergraduate
Programme will NOT usually warrant any exemption from UWI courses.
30
7.6 Applications for late registration, late adjustment to registration
and retroactive registration and adjustment (i.e., for a semester
that has ended) may be subject to a fine to be determined by the
Academic Board.
7.7 Applications for late and retroactive registration and late
adjustment to registration (with waiver of penalty or removal of
course) require Academic Board approval.
7.8 A student may, with permission from the Head of Department,
change Major/Minor/Special within the Faculty. Once approved,
thestudent must pursue the programme requirements outlined in
the Handbook for the year approval was granted. Students are
required to apply to and receive approval from their Faculty before
being eligible to pursue a Major/Minor. The University reserves the
right not to declare a Major/Minor if approval was not granted by
the Faculty to pursue the Major/Minor even if the requisite
conditions have been satisfied. Please note that this only applies in
instances where a student is changing from the major that they
were admitted into the University to pursue or if they want to
pursue a Minor/Major along with their substantive Major.
7.9 Students shall not be permitted to change Major/Special or add
Major/Minor(s) in their first year (i.e. year of admission).
7.10 All optional courses (electives) listed in the various degree

programmes in the Faculty Handbook will not necessarily be
available in any one year.
7.11
may not subsequently have such credit status altered.
7.12 UWI undergraduate students cannot register simultaneously in

two UWI undergraduate programmes without the permission of
the Board for Undergraduate Studies (BUS).
3
7.13 Course Registration Requests/Queries
(a) Faculty Office is responsible for the processing of requests for:
additional courses or credit limit exceeded
late adjustment to registration
exemption
3
See Appendix IV for a complete list of applications processed by the Departments and the
Faculty Office.
31
(b) Department offices are responsible for all other indications of
non-approval for course registration such as:
pre-requisites not satisfied
course quota limit reached
special approval for entry
change of stream in large courses
change of Major, Minor or Special/Option
8. FULL-TIME AND PART-TIME REGULATIONS
8.1 All students are initially registered as full-time or part-time

students but may apply to the Faculty Office via the online student
portal, SAS, to change their enrolment status.
8.2 Part-time in
semester and does not mean evening studies. While Level I courses
are offered throughout the day and evening, the majority of the
courses at Levels II and III are taught during the day only. Thus,
students registered part-time must be prepared to attend classes at
times between 8am and 5pm.
8.3 Students accepted with lower level matriculation into the Faculty
as part-time students must complete a minimum of twenty-four
(24) credits and maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.7 to be
eligible for transfer to full-time.
8.4 Once a part-time student changes his/her enrolment status to full-

time, he/she is required to maintain the rate of progress mandated
for the full-time programme.
8.5 Full-time students are required to register for a minimum of

twenty-four (24) and a maximum of thirty (30) credits in an
academic year.
8.6 A full-time student may be allowed three (3) additional credits for
a total of thirty-three (33) if he/she has a degree 3 after
three (3) semesters and/or in their final year if they have not failed
a course in the previous semester.
8.7 Part-time students are expected to register for a maximum of

eighteen (18) credits in any one year.
8.8 A part-time student may be allowed to register for twenty-one (21)

credits if he/she has maintained a minimum GPA of 3.3. Finalizing
part-time students may also be allowed to register for 21 credits.
32
9. WITHDRAWAL AND RE-ADMISSION REGULATIONS
9.1 Requirement to Withdraw (RTW): Except where otherwise
given semester is less than 2.0 shall be deemed to be performing

unsatisfactorily, and shall automatically be placed on warning. A
student on warning whose GPA for the subsequent semester is less
than 2.0 shall be automatically required to withdraw.
9.2 Students required to withdraw from the University for failing to

complete their degree programme within the stipulated period OR
for poor performance as provided for in the Faculty regulations
may be re-admitted after at least one year has elapsed since
withdrawal.
9.3 Students required to withdraw may request a waiver in order to

continue (See also Academic Forgiveness, Section 10). Requests for
a waiver of the requirement to withdraw must be submitted
through the Automated Student Request System (ASRS) via SAS on
or before the end of the first week of teaching in September
(Semester 1), January (Semester 2) and June for students desirous
of pursuing courses in Summer School.
9.4 Applications for waiver of the requirement to withdraw OR for re-

admission after the minimum period of one year will be considered
on their own merit and will only succeed if the Faculty is satisfied
that the circumstances attending the reasons for the withdrawal
have altered substantially.
9.5 Voluntary Withdrawal: Students may voluntarily withdraw from a

programme at any point after they have completed their first
semester. Therequest may be made using the Automated Student
Request System (ASRS) accessed via the online portal Student
Administrative System (SAS).
9.6 Requests for voluntary withdrawals made after the final date set
by the Academic Board for such applications will be subjected to
the UWI Refund Policy and courses will not be removed.
9.7 Re-admission after Withdrawal: Students who had been required

to withdraw from the University may be admitted to the Faculty or
another Faculty after a minimum period of one (1) year has
elapsed since their withdrawal. Such students may be granted
exemption from Level I courses relevant to the new programme
33
subject to Regulations 9.8 below. (See also Academic Forgiveness,
Section 10).
9.8 Students thus re-admitted may in accordance with Faculty

regulations be granted exemption from Level I courses subject to
there being no substantive change in the content of the courses for
which credit and exemption are sought. The decision to award
credit and exemption shall be made by the Dean. Level II University
courses, for the purposes of exemption, may be treated in the
same way as Level I Faculty courses.
10. ACADEMIC FORGIVENESS
10.1 Academic Forgiveness is normally applied to students who

withdraw either voluntarily or because the University required
them to withdraw.The Guiding Principle is to preserve the integrity
of the programme the student is expected to complete.
10.2 To obtain academic forgivenessstudents required to withdraw

must remain out of the UWI system for a minimum of oneyear.
10.3 When students who have been granted academic forgiveness are
re-admitted to UWI, the Dean of the Faculty will determine which
courses, if any, may be used as transfer credits. The maximum
number of transfer credits is 30 credits which would normally be
Level 1 in accordance with Statute 47.
10.4 The Dean,with permission of the Board for Undergraduate Studies

(BUS), may determine which Level II or III courses may be
considered for exemption WITH credit when a student was
previously withdrawn.
10.5 When a student either transfers from one Faculty to another(see

Cross Faculty and Cross Campus Transfers, section 11) or is granted
a waiver of the requirement to withdraw, without remaining out of
the UWI system for a minimum of one year,s/he is considered a
continuing studentand is ineligible for academic forgiveness.
11. CROSS FACULTY AND CROSS CAMPUS TRANSFERS
11.1 Applications for transfer must be submitted to the Admissions

Office onany Campus by March 31 of each academic year.
34
11.2 Students in another Facultywho have completed all Level I courses
relating to the intended Major/Special in the Faculty of Social
Sciences are eligible for transfer to Level II/III of the degree
programme offered by the Faculty of Social Sciences.
11.3 Students registered in the Faculty of Social Sciences on another

Campus who have completed all Level I courses of a degree
programme are eligible for transfer to LevelII/III in the Faculty of
Social Sciences, Mona Campus.
11.4 Consideration for transfer may also be offered to any student

indicated in 11.2 or 11.3 above who has completed some of the
required Level I courses for the intended Major or Special.
11.5 Students are not eligible for transfer in the year they are admitted
to the Faculty. A new student wishing to change Faculty may reject
the FSS offer and immediately notify Admissions Sections of their
wish to be considered for another Faculty.
11.6 A student who does not wish to commence studies during the
semester he/she was transferred to the Faculty is not eligible for
leave of absence or deferral of entry. He/she may reject the offer
of admission through the Admissions Section and apply for
readmission at a more convenient time.
11.7 Students approved for transfer must pursue the programme

requirements outlined in the Handbook for the year approval was
granted.
12. EXCHANGE PROGRAMME AND STUDY ABROAD REGULATIONS
12.1 Students seeking to participate in an exchange programme at

another university should:
(a) normally be registered as a full-time undergraduate student;
(b) have spent at least one academic year at UWI, but not yet be in
the last semester of his/her final year of study;
(c) have attained at least a GPA of 3.0;
(d) have not been the subject of any disciplinary action and have
no such action pending against him/her;
(e) consult with the International Students Office.
12.2 Student exchanges may be arranged for a maximum of two

semesters which must not include the final semester of full time
study.
35
12.3 Students must have the courses they intend to do at the overseas
university assessed for equivalence and approved by the relevant
department and Dean before proceeding abroad.
12.4 Students must register for the approved Mona-equivalent courses

at the beginning of the semester for which they were approved for
exchange. Results received will be awardedto the Mona courses
assessed and approved by the Board for Undergraduate Studies
(BUS).
12.5 The letter grade duly awarded for a course offered by an approved
overseas university shall be accepted without change. Where an
institution does not offer letter grade, a determination is made by
the Dean.
12.6 Students wishing to complete their degree at another university:

Students who may be migrating or be away from the country for a
significant period and have few courses to complete their UWI
degreemay be allowed to do so at the discretion of the Faculty and
sanctioned by Academic Board Sub-Committee for Student
Matters (ABSCSM).
13. LEAVE OF ABSENCE REGULATIONS
13.1 A student who, for good reason, wishes to be absent from an

academic programme for a semester or more must apply for
formal leave of absence using the Automated Student Request
System (ASRS)
13.2 Leave of absence may be granted for one semester or for an

academic year in the first instance however, leave will not be
granted for more than two academic years or four semesters over
13.3 Applications for leave of absence (LOA) for Semester I and

Semester II must be made before the end of the first week of
October and before the end of the second week in February,
respectively.
13.4 Applications for late leave of absence (LLOA) may be subject to a

fine to be determined by the Academic Board. The amount of the
fine may increase depending on the lateness of the request.
13.5 Students who have attended classes and have requested leave of
absence after the above-mentioned dates will be required to
36
provide evidence that they did not sit examination nor submit
coursework.
13.6 A student only becomes eligible for leave after completing at least
one semester in the Faculty. As such, students are not eligible for
leave of absence in the semester they were admitted/readmitted
to the Faculty. Such students, however, maybe eligible for
voluntary withdrawal. A formal request for voluntary withdrawal
must be made via the Automated Student Request System
14. EXAMINATION REGULATIONS
14.1 Students will be examined during each semester and the summer
session in the courses for which they are registered.
14.2 A course may be examined by one or more of the following

methods:
(i) coursework, (ii) oral (under the conditions in Regulation 14.6
below), (iii) practical examination, (iv) written examination papers,
(v) online exam, and (vi) class participation as a component of
other assessment.
14.3 A student who does not take an examination in a course for which
he/she is registered is deemed to have failed that examination
unless permission to be absent has been granted. The student will
be required to register for, and repeat the course in its entirety
when it is next offered.
14.4 A student who, on grounds of illness or in other special

circumstances as referred to in Examination Regulations 24-25 fails
to take an examination in a course for which he/she is registered,
may be given special consideration by the Board of Examiners to
take the examination at the next available opportunity, without
penalty.
14.5
student whose GPA for a given semester is less than 2.0 shall be
deemed to be performing unsatisfactorily and shall be placed on
warning. A student on warning whose GPA for the succeeding
semester is less than 2.0 shall be required to withdraw. (See
Requirement to Withdraw, Section 9).
14.6 Coursework
(a) In the case of examination by coursework only, a student
gaining an overall mark higher than 50% but passing in only
37
one component will be required to repeat at the next available
sitting the component that was failed.
(b) A student who is absent from a coursework or mid-semester
exam may apply to the Dean for exemption from this
examination no later than one (1) week following the date of
this examination. He/she must at the same time submit to the
Assistant Registrar (Exams) justification for such absence (such
as, in case of illness, a medical certificate complying with any
applicable Exams Regulations). The Dean shall consider any
such request for exemption in consultation with the relevant
Head of Department and course lecturer. If exemption is
granted, the percentage mark available to be awarded for the
final examination will be adjusted correspondingly.
(c) Students are asked to pay special attention to Examination
Regulation 13, which states:
required to attend prescribed lectures, practical classes,
tutorials, or clinical instructions. Students with unsatisfactory
class attendance [who have been absent from the University
for a prolonged period during the teaching of a particular
course year for any reason other than illness] or who have
failed to submit any assessments set by his/her Examiner, are
subject to debarment by the relevant Academic Board, on the
recommendation of the relevant Faculty Board, from taking
any University examination. Procedures to be used to measure
attendance and assessments shall be prescribed by the
4
Faculty.
(d) An Undergraduate Coursework Accountability Statement (See

Appendix II ) is to be attached to the
front of any document submitted as a component of
coursework save for when coursework consists of an
invigilated examination, and where the submission is entirely
in electronic form, the student shall make an equivalent
declaration electronically.
14.7 Carry Over Coursework Grades

If a student misses an examination for reasons including (b) or (c)
above, he/she may request, through the Faculty, to have the
coursework/mid-semester marks applied at the next sitting of the
course. If approval is granted, the student will only write the final
exam. Thus, a student who has completed all the components that
4
Excerpted from The UWI Assessment Regulations for First Degrees, Associate Degrees,
Undergraduate Diplomas and Certificates Including GPA and Plagiarism Regulations.
38
constitute the final mark for a course, including final exam is not
eligible to carry over coursework.
14.8 Oral Examination for Final Year Students

(a) The Board of Examiners may recommend to the Department
concerned that a student who has marginally failed the last one
or two courses(s) required to complete the degree at the end of
their final year be offered an oral examination in those one or
two courses. This is provided that he/she has obtained in each
instance a markwithin the F1 range that is between 45% and
49% in each course.
(b) If an oral examination is granted the student may choose to
decline the offer and opt for Exams Only instead. (See
regulations below).
(c) The oral examination will be held as soon as possible after the
previous examination and within the academic year in which
the student is expected to graduate. The student must
immediately contact the department concerned so that
arrangements can be made.
(d) The oral examination will concern the course as a whole and
not be restricted to the questions set in the examination which
the student did. The First Examiner and at least one other
examiner must be present at an oral examination.
(e) If the examination is passed, the student cannot be awarded a
mark higher than 50% (a marginal pass) for the course.
(f) If he/she fails the oral, the student will not have a right of
appeal.
(g) A student will be allowed one oral examination for any one
course.
(h) In the Department of Economics, students who qualify for an
oral will be required to sit a supplemental exam instead. If
successful, the student will receive a marginal passing mark of
50%.
14.9
Students will only be eligible ination
following circumstances:
(a) He/she has failed one or two of the final courses required to
complete the degree at the end of their final year and obtained
a mark within the F1 range that is no less than 45% in each
(b) He/she has obtained a medical excuse, certified by the

University Health Centre, for not having attempted an exam.
39
14.10 Deferral of Sitting Examinations
In exceptional circumstances, the Dean may grant a student a
deferral from sitting an exam and permission to take it on a
subsequent occasion, by virtue of special assignments overseas for
an employer, being selected to represent the country on a national
team, or on compassionate grounds. In all instances, formal letters
will have to be provided by the employer/national association or
relevant institution.
14.11 Cheating and Academic Integrity

Cheating shall constitute a major offence under these regulations.
or fraud.
5
Plagiarism
Plagiarism is a form of cheating. According to the UWI regulations,
plagiarism is the unauthorized and/or unacknowledged use of
recorded, including whether formally published or in manuscript or

in typescript or other printed or electronically presented form and
includes taking passages, ideas or structures from another work or
author without proper and unequivocal attribution of such
source(s), using the conventions for attributions or citing used in
this University.
(a) Plagiarism also involves the case of material taken from the
internet without acknowledging the source or giving proper
credit - cyber cheating or cyber plagiarism.
(b) Students have the responsibility to know and observe the
Regulations of the Faculty and the University of the West Indies
as it relates to plagiarism, falsification of information and
academic dishonesty. This information contained in the
relevant UWI Examinations Regulations for First Degrees,
Associate Degrees, Undergraduate Diplomas and Certificates
Including GPA and Plagiarism Regulations.
(c) It is a requirement of all students registered to do
undergraduate courses in the Faculty of Social Sciences to sign
and submit with their coursework a Coursework Accountability
Statement. (Students may download a copy of the Statement
ebsite).
40
14.12 Review of Examination Results
A student who is dissatisfied with the results of his/her
examination may within two weeks of publication of results (in the
case of the Supplemental/Summer School or re-sit examination
within five days of the publication of results) request through the
Examinations section:
(a) to go through his/her failed script with the Examiner and/or;
(b) to have his/her script re-marked.
14.13 A student who wishes to have his/her script re-marked by a new

Examiner must pay a fee as determined by the Campus Registrar.
However, where re-marking of a script results in a higher mark
than that previously recorded, the fee shall be refunded provided
that the increased mark results in a change of grade.
14.14 In the case of re-marking of a script, the mark of the new and
independent examiner(s) shall be regarded as the final mark.
15. GPA REGULATIONS

15.1 The following GPA scheme shall be applied to all undergraduate
students:
GPA Marking Scheme
GRADE GPA/QUALITY POINT % RANGE
A+ 4.3 90-100
A 4.0 80-89
A- 3.7 75-79
B+ 3.3 70-74
B 3.0 65-69
B- 2.7 60-64
C+ 2.3 55-59
C 2.0 50-54
F1 1.7 40-49
F2 1.3 30-39
F3 0.0 0-29
15.2 Students who have marginal failures (F1), but who are otherwise
progressing well, will have an opportunity to recover from those
failures and attain the minimum Grade Point (2.0) to continue,
because quality points will be awarded for marginal failures.
15.3 The transcripts of continuing students will not reflect any changes
to existing marks and grades received under previous GPA
regulations. These will remain the same as originally awarded and
41
16. REQUIREMENTS FOR THE AWARD OF DEGREE
16.1 In order to qualify for the award of the degree a student must:
(a) have completed a minimum of 90 credits (normally equivalent
to 30 semester courses) of which at least thirty credits are
from Level I (including the Foundation Course requirements),
and at least 60 credits from Levels II & III courses.
(b) have satisfied the requirements of any one of the degree
categories listed in 16.2 below.
16.2 Degree Categories

Once a student has met the requirements outlined in 16.1, they
are eligible for consideration of a BSc. Degree in one of the
categories listed below.
(a) Major:
(b) Double Major
(c) Major and one Minor
(d) Major and two Minors
(e) Special/Option
16.3 A student who, having registered for a second Major, fails to

obtain passes in all the designated courses will be considered for a
Minor in the discipline (where applicable)
16.4 Cross-Faculty and Cross-Campus Majors and Minors

Students may also request to combine a Social Sciences Major with
a Minor offered by another Campus or Faculty. To do this, the
permission of the Deans of both Faculties must be sought and
obtained.
(a) At St. Augustine and Mona, students may register for a double
Major comprising a Major in the Faculty and a Major offered by
another Faculty. By special arrangement with the Faculties,
students may register for a double Major comprising any of the
Majors offered in the Faculty of Social Sciences and the
Department of Mathematics. Students may also undertake a
Minor in Gender Studies.
(b) Students may apply to register for a double Major involving any
of the Faculty of Social Sciences Majors and other Majors
offered in another Faculty on the St. Augustine Campus.
42
16.5 Determination of Class of Degrees
(a) The class of degree shall be awarded on the basis of the
weighted GPA as set out in these regulations.
(b) In the calculation of the weighted/degree GPA, a weight of zero
shall be attached to all Level I courses.
(c) Levels II and III courses shall have equal weight (credit for
credit) in the determination of the weighted/degree GPA.
(d) Core courses satisfying the requirements of Specials/Options,
Majors and Minors must be taken into account in the
determination of the weighted/degree GPA.
(e) A course designated at registration as Pass/Fail
shall not count in the determination of the
weighted/degree GPA.
16.6 The class of degree shall be awarded as follows:

First Class- Degree GPA of 3.6 and above
Upper Second Class - Degree GPA of 3.0-3.59
Lower Second Class - Degree GPA of 2.5 - 2.99
Pass- Degree GPA of 2.0 - 2.49
16.7 A student whose degree GPA is less than 2.0 shall not be awarded
a degree from the Faculty except on the recommendation of the
Faculty and ratification of the Board of Undergraduate Studies.
17. AEGROTAT DEGREE (Also applicable to Diploma and Certificate)

17.1 A candidate taking examinations in respect of a final degree,
diploma or certificate programme and who had been absent
through illness from one or more papers, may apply for the award
of an aegrotat degree, diploma or certificate on the following
conditions:
17.2 Where the whole of the final examination for a degree, diploma or
certificate is taken at the end of the final year of the course
andhe/she has completed more than half of the examination but
has been absent from the remainder of that examination.
17.3 Where the final examination is in two or more parts (the award of
the degree, diploma or certificate is dependent on the
performance in each of these parts) and he/she has successfully
completed the first one or two parts or more than half of the final
part, but has been absent from the remainder of the examinations
for the final part.
43
17.4 Where the final examination is in two parts and the student has
completed the first part (second year) with an average GPA of 2.7
or higher and his/her course work during the final year of the
course has been of a consistently high standard, but he/she has
been absent from the other part of the examination.
17.5 The Examiners consider that in the work which the candidate has
submitted at such time of the final examination as he/she had
attended, he/she reached a standard which, if also reached in the
remainder of the examination, would have qualified him/her for
the award of a degree, diploma or certificate.
17.6 All applications for an aegrotat degree, diploma or certificate must

be referred by the Registrar to the Faculty Board of Examiners and
the Board for Examinations for a recommendation to the Board of
Undergraduate Studies. Applications from or on behalf of
candidates must be accompanied by a medical certificate signed by
(a) University Health Officer, or (b) the Dean of the Faculty of
Medical Sciences in consultation with the appropriate members of
the Medical School, or (c) other medical personnel appointed for
this purpose by the University, and shall reach the Registrar not
later than thirty days from the last examination paper written by
the candidate.
17.7 In assessing an application for an aegrotat degree, diploma or
certificate, reports from Heads of Department on the candidates
work should be taken into consideration. Oral examinations where
possible, by internal examiners may be an aspect of examinations
for the award of an aegrotat degree.
17.8 An aegrotat degree, diploma or certificate will be awarded without

distinction of class.
17.9 Holders of an aegrotat degree, diploma or certificate will not be

permitted to re-enter for the same examination but may proceed
to a higher degree if accepted by the Board for Graduate Studies.
18. REGULATIONS GOVERNING SUMMER SCHOOL

18.1 Overview
Summer School in the Faculty is OPTIONAL. Credits for courses
passed will be granted to registered students of the University.
Students who register in the Summer School programme are
subject to all Faculty and University regulations.
44
18.2 Period of Study
Classes in the Summer School shall normally be conducted during
the period June 1 and July 31.
18.3 Eligibility for Admission

The following categories of students are eligible for admission:
Tertiary Level Institution students.
Registered students of the University who are repeating a course(s)
Registered students of the University who have not taken the
course(s) previously but fall into one of the following categories:
(a) Students of the University who have not yet completed the
requirements for the degree, diploma or certificate
programme for which they are registered.
(b) Registered UWI students from other UWI campuses.
Students of the University who have been granted leave of
absence for Semester 1 and/or 2 preceding the Summer School.
Such students should register at the start of the Summer School
for Summer School only.
Other persons, not students of UWI, who are eligible to
matriculate at either the normal or lower level or as a Mature
Student. (These students must also register with Admissions
Section, Mona as Specially Admitted Students.)
At the discretion of the Dean.
18.4 Academic Integrity

Students have the responsibility to know and observe the
Regulations of the Faculty and the University of the West Indies. All
Faculty and University regulations are in force during the Summer
School programme.
18.5 Course Selection and Registration (UWI Students)
(a) All Faculty of Social Sciences students should register for no more
than two (2) courses in the summer programme.
(b) Course Selection will be carried out via SAS. Students are
required to select courses on-line before making payments.
(c) Only those students who have been notified in writing that they
are allowed to do Exams Only can apply to register in this
category. Students with appropriate notification should apply for
Exams Onlyusing the Automated Student Request System
(ASRS).
(d) Students, who are pursuing two courses, should choose carefully
and register for only one course in any one slot. (See below for
Timetable format).
except in the case where a clash was caused by a
timetable change.
45
18.6 Course Selection and Registration (Specially Admitted Students/
Non-UWI Students)
Non-UWI or students are required to
complete and return a copy of the Special Admissions Application
Form to the Admissions Section in the Registry.
Specially-Admitted students must pay tuition and misc. fees.
18.7 Timetable
The Faculty prepares a timetable for all departments. Students
should note that each course on the timetable appears in one of
four time slots that are further segmented into Slot A, Slot B, and
Slot Cto facilitate the meeting of each course 3 times per week for a
total of six hours.
Students should check the timetable carefully to ensure that they do
granted for any
previous version of the timetable, and a current timetable change

resulted in the clash.
18.8 Examinations, Course Load

Students can register for a maximum of TWO courses within the
Faculty (including Exams Only). Students are advised to check the
timetable before registering. Examination procedures will be the
same as those that apply for the end of semester examinations.
Finalizing students can apply to do a third course through the Faculty
Coordinator. A student is deemed as finalizing if that student has
only 3 or 4 courses remaining to complete the degree programme.
18.9 Withdrawal
Students may withdraw at anytime from a course or all
coursesduring the normal registration period. After the normal
registration period has passed students who wish to withdraw from
a course may request to drop the course using the Automated
Student Request System (ASRS). The request may be granted if no
coursework was completed and may be subject to a late fine to be
determined by the Academic Board.
18.10 Payment of Fees

Students are required to select their course(s) online before making
payment. ill be
accepted as payment for Summer School courses. There is a penalty
returned todrawer
NOT allowed. Fee payment can be made at the UWI Mona Bursary
Cashier, Bill Express, Paymaster or the National Commercial Bank.
46
PART IV
Programme Requirements
HEADS OF DEPARTMENT MESSAGE
DEPARTMENTAL PROGRAMME GUIDELINES
PROGRAMME OF STUDY REQUIREMENTS
PROGRAMME OFFERINGS 2022-2023
COURSE OFFERINGS
47
DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS
Message from the Head of Department
Welcome to the Department of Economics! As new and returning students,

we recognize that your enrollment in our economics programme is a critical
juncture in your lives. Our academic and well-equipped administrative staff
will help you to navigate your way during your time with us and be a part of
your positive life experience.
Ensuring that our students possess the essential attributes of the distinctive
UWI graduate is of first-order importance to us. We offer an eclectic mix of
courses that will allow you to capitalize on your strengths and strengthen
your weaknesses. We implore you to increase the depth and breadth of
your existing reservoir of knowledge by completing courses that challenge
you and allow you to entertain and digest different perspectives. Embracing
academic challenges is one way in which you can help to hone your critical
thinking skills.
engagement within their lectures and tutorials. These strategies align with
our view that a teaching space is a valuable ecosystem in which the
exchange of ideas forms a significant symbiotic relationship between
lecturers and students. Of course, truancy from tutorials or lectures will not
allow you to realize the benefits of this symbiosis. In essence, our
commitment to excellence in teaching and learning deserves your
commitment to extracting the benefits from our pedagogical approaches.
Indeed, a key metric of the value-added nature of any academic programme

is the feats and placement of its graduates. Historically, our graduates have
been recipients of world-renowned awards such as the Rhodes,
Commonwealth, and Fulbright scholarships. Many of our graduates hold
high-level positions in, for example, government and the most dominant
48
financial institutions in the Caribbean. You have, therefore, made the right
choice.
Our department is committed to excellence in research and service to our
frontiers of knowledge through academic studies that contribute to our

understanding of the challenges of Caribbean societies and available
remedies. We use different modes to disseminate the knowledge we garner
from our research. Our annual West Indies Economic Conference (WECON)
hosts world-renowned keynote speakers. WECON also provides a platform
for local, regional, and international-based academics to present their
research on salient policy issues. Our policy discussion fora allow us to
engage the broader public in topical issues affecting Jamaica and the rest of
the Caribbean. We crave for your participation in these research initiatives.
Early exposure to our research milieu is an initial step in developing our
graduates' research skills, who are active donors of knowledge in critical
economic and political spheres. Indeed, as future leaders, you need to
recognize that the present and ensuing economic challenges stemming
from this pandemic present a plethora of research opportunities that you
can exploit to delve into feasible solutions to improving different aspects of
our Caribbean community.
We strongly encourage you to seek opportunities to have fun and build and
deepen your social capital during your time in the Department of
Economics. There are many student-driven initiatives to allow you to
interact with your peers in meaningful ways. Positive peer interactions can
help you to, among other things, solve problems, cope with exam
pressures, collaborate on outreach and class projects, and develop
tolerance and respect for your peers. Your success in life is not only
dependent on your academic feats but also on how you socially interact
with your peers.
Once again, welcome! Inquire, inspire, interact, and have fun!
Dr Nadine McCloud
49
DEPARTMENT INFORMATION AND GUIDELINES
1. The Department of Economics offers the following undergraduate

degrees:
6
Banking and Finance (Major)
Economics (Major and Minor)
Statistics (Major and Minor)
In addition, it is also possible for students to pursue the following:

- Economics and Mathematics(Double Major) (with the Dept of Maths)
- Economics and Statistics (Double Major)
- Banking and Finance and Economics (Double Major)
- Economics and Mathematics (Major and Minor, respectively)
2. Students must satisfy the programme requirements as set out in the

Faculty Handbook for the year in which they were accepted.
3. Students taking two (2) Majors or a Major/Minor are required to select

an alternative departmental course where a compulsory course is
common to both.Where the same course is listed for both a Major and a
Minor, it is counted only ONCE, therefore, an additional approved
course must also be taken to complete the required total of 60 credits.
4. An Undergraduate Coursework Accountability Statement is to be

attached by students registered for undergraduate courses in the
Faculty to the front of any document submitted as a component of
coursework save for when coursework consists of an invigilated
examination. Where the submission is entirely in electronic form, the
student shall make an equivalent declaration electronically. (Students
5. Exemption Without Credit for CAPE Subjects

See page 30: Section 6.2 for details
6. Anti-Requisites: Theseare courses that cannot be taken together for

credit. Students are urged to view the complete list of anti-requisite
courses in PART V of this Handbook.
7. Full-time and part-time students may register for a maximum of 30

credits (10 courses) and 18 credits (6 courses) in an academic year,
respectively. See Full-time and Part-time Regulations in Part III of this
Handbook.
6
This degree is offered jointly by the Department of Economics and MSBM.
50
ECONOMICS (MAJOR)
Level I (Minimum 30 credits)

1. ECON1000: Principles of Economics I
2. ECON1012: Principles of Economics II
3. ECON1003: Mathematics for Social Sciences I
4. ECON1004: Mathematics for Social Sciences II
5. ECON1005: Introduction to Statistics
6. FOUN1101: Caribbean Civilization
7. FOUN1013: Critical Reading and Writing in the Social Sciencesor
FOUN1019: Critical Reading and Writing in the Disciplines
(Yearlong 6 credits)
8. FOUN1201: Science, Medicine and Technology in Society
9-10. Plus 2 Level I Free Electives
Level II & Level III (Minimum 60 credits)

11. ECON2000: Intermediate Microeconomics I
12. ECON2001: Intermediate Microeconomics II
13. ECON2002: Intermediate Macroeconomics I
14. ECON2003: Intermediate Macroeconomics II
15. ECON2008: Statistical Methods I
16. ECON2015: Matrix Algebra for Business and Social Sciences
17. ECON3049: Econometrics
18-20. Plus 3 Level II/III Economics Electives
21-30. Plus 10 Level II/III Free Electives
NOTE:
I. FOUN1013 or FOUN1019 must be completed in Year 1.
II. Economics, Banking and Finance and Statistics majors/minors must do
ECON1005 and not SOCI1005.
III. SOCI2008 and/or SOCI2007 are not accepted as a prerequisite for any
ECON course. Students must do ECON2008 or STAT2001 and/or
ECON2014
IV. Students pursuing a degree in Economics are strongly encouraged to
take ECON2016: Calculus for Social Sciences, ECON2010: Statistical
Computing and/or ECON3050:Applied Econometrics as electives.
V. Students are highly encouraged to take COMP1126 and COMP1127 as
one of their Level 1 free electives.
VI. Students are encouraged to take a Level I language course as one of
their Level I free electives or in place of FOUN1101 or FOUN1201.
VII. Students wishing to pursue MSc. Economics are encouraged to do
ECON2016, ECON3031 and ECON3050 as electives
51
It is also possible for students to pursue a double major in Economics and
Mathematics or Economics and Statistics. Outlined below is a
recommended list of courses to satisfy the requirement for a double major
in ECONOMICS AND MATHEMATICS (with the Dept. of Mathematics)

3. ECON1005: Introductory Statistics
4. MATH1141: Intro. Linear Algebra & Analytic Geometry
5. MATH1142: Calculus I
6. MATH1151: Calculus II
7. MATH1152: Introduction to Formal Mathematics
8. FOUN1013: Critical Reading & Writing in Soc. Sciences or
(Yearlong 6 credits)
10. FOUN1201: Science, Medicine & Technology in Society

15. MATH2401: Elements of Mathematical Analysis
16. MATH2403: Multivariable Calculus
17. MATH2404: Introduction to Probability Theory
18. MATH2410: A First Course in Linear Algebra
19. MATH2411: Introduction to Abstract Algebra
20. MATH2420: Ordinary Differential Equations
22. MATH3155: Complex Variables
23. MATH3412: Advanced Linear Algebra
24. MATH3402: Metric Spaces and Topology
25-27. Plus 3 Level II/III Economics Electives
28-29. Plus 2 Level III Economics Electives
30-32. Plus 3 Level II/IIIMathematics Electives*
*For the purpose of selection, the following are Mathematics Electives:

- MATH2407: Stochastic Modelling
- MATH2420: Ordinary Differential Equations
- MATH2421: Fourier Series & Integral Transforms
- MATH2430: Linear Optimization
- MATH2431: Non-Linear Optimization
- MATH3401: Introduction to the Theory of Integration
52
- MATH3402: A Course on Metric Space & Topology
- MATH3403: Some Topics in Functional Analysis
- MATH3404: Intro to Differential Geometry with Computer Software
- MATH3411: Advanced Abstract Algebra
- MATH3414: Selected Topics in Operations Research
- MATH3421: Partial Differential Equations
- MATH3422: Mathematical Modelling
- MATH3424: Numerical Methods
- STAT2001: Inferential Statistics
- STAT3001: Regression Analysis
- STAT3002: Time Series
NOTE:
I. FOUN1013 or FOUN1019 must be completed in the first year of entry.
II. Students must take ECON3049 as required for Economics major.
STAT3001 is NOT accepted as a substitute.
III. Students are encouraged to do ECON2010 and/or ECON3050 as
electives
IV. Students are encouraged to take a Level I language course in place of
FOUN1101 or FOUN1201.
V. Mathematics students who choose this double major should select
courses from the MATHEMATICS AND ECONOMICS option offered by
the Mathematics Department.
VI. For students pursuing double Majors in Economics and Mathematics,
where courses are anti-requisites, students should substitute the
Economics courses with other Levels II/III Economics electives.
Outlined below is a recommended list of courses to satisfy the requirement

for a double major in ECONOMICS AND STATISTICS
LEVEL I (Minimum 30 credits)
7. FOUN1013: Critical Reading & Writing in the Social Sciencesor
FOUN1019: Critical Reading & Writing in the Disciplines (Yearlong)
LEVEL II & III (Minimum 60 credits)

53
16. ECON2009: Statistical Methods II
17. ECON2010: Statistical Computing
18. ECON2014: Sampling Methods
19. ECON2015: Matrix Algebra
20. ECON3031: Probability & Distribution Theory
21. ECON3032: Statistical Estimation & Inference
23-25 Plus 3 Level III Electives from Statistics
26-28 Plus 3 Level II/III Electives from Economics
29-30 Plus 2 Level II/III Electives from Economics/Statistics*
NOTE:
I. FOUN1013 or FOUN1019 must be completed in the first year of entry.
ECON1005 or STAT1001 and not SOCI1005.
III. SOCI2008 and/or SOCI2007 is not accepted as a prerequisite for any
ECON course. Students must do ECON2008 or STAT2001and/or ECON2014
IV. Students are encouraged to do ECON2016 and/or ECON3050 as an
elective
V. Students are highly encouraged to take COMP 1126 and COMP1127 as
one of their Level I free electives
It is also possible for students to pursue a major in Economics and a minor

is Mathematics. Outlined below is a recommended list of courses to satisfy
the requirement for a major in ECONOMICS and a minor in MATHEMATICS
3. ECON1005: Introductory Statistics
4. MATH1141: Intro. Linear Algebra & Analytic Geometry
5. MATH1142: Calculus I
6. MATH1151: Calculus II
7. MATH1152: Introduction to Formal Mathematics
8. FOUN1013: Critical Reading & Writing in Soc. Sciencesor
54
Level II & Level III(Minimum 60 credits)
15. ECON2008: Statistical Methods
16. MATH2401: Elements of Mathematical Analysis
17. MATH2410: A First Course in Linear Algebra
19. MATH3155: Complex Variables
20. MATH3412: Advanced Linear Algebra
21-24. Plus 4 Level II/III Economics Electives (at least 2 must be from Level III)
25-26. Plus 2 Level II/IIIMathematics Electives
27-30. Plus 4 Level II/III free electives
NOTE:
I. Students are highly encouraged to take COMP1126 and
COMP1127 as one of their Level I free electives.
II. Students are encouraged to do ECON2010 and/or ECON3050 as
electives
III. Students must take ECON3049 as required for Economics major.
STAT3001 is NOT accepted as a substitute.
IV. FOUN1013 or FOUN1019 must be completed in the first year of
entry.
V. Students are encouraged to take a Level I language course as one
of their Level I free electives or in place of FOUN1101 or
FOUN1201.
VI. See Page 54 for Mathematics electives.
BANKING AND FINANCE (MAJOR)
Level I(Minimum 30 credits)

6. ACCT1003: Introduction to Cost and Management Accounting
7. ACCT1005: Financial Accounting
FOUN1019: Critical Reading and Writing in the Disciplines (Yearlong)
55
13. MGMT2004: Computer Applications
14. MGMT2068: Risk and Treasury Management
15. MGMT2023: Financial Management I
16. ECON3010: Finance and Development
17. ECON3011: Economics of Financial Institutions
18. ECON3073: Credit Analysis and Lending
19. MGMT3066: Business Ethics for Bankers
20. MGMT3067: Regulatory Framework of Banking & Finance
NOTE:
I. FOUN1013 or FOUN1019 must be completed in Year 1
II. ACCT2014 is a pre-requisite for ECON3073 therefore Banking and
Finance students are encouraged to register for this course as a free
elective.
III. Students pursuing a degree in Economics or Banking and Finance MUST
NOT DO MGMT2020: Managerial Economics.
IV. Students wishing to pursue MSc. Economics are encouraged to do
ECON2016 and ECON3031 as electives.
V. Economics, Banking and Finance and Statistics majors/minors must do
It is also possible for students to pursue a double major in BANKING AND

FINANCE AND ECONOMICS. Outlined below is a recommended list of
courses to satisfy the requirement for the double major.

7. ACCT1005: Financial Accounting
56
LEVEL II & III (Minimum of 60 credits)
15. ECON2008: Statistical Methods
21. ECON3011: Economics of Financial Institutions
23. ECON3073: Credit Analysis and Lending
24. MGMT3066: Business Ethics for Bankers
25. MGMT3067: Regulatory Framework of Banking and Finance
26-30. Plus 5 Level II/III Economics or Management Electives
NOTE:
III. Students pursuing a degree in Economics or Banking and Finance MUST
NOT DO MGMT2020: Managerial Economics.
IV. SOCI2008 is not accepted as a prerequisite for any ECON course.
Students will have to do ECON2008 or STAT2001.
V. Students are encouraged to do ECON2016, ECON2010 and/or ECON3050
as electives.
VI. Students are encouraged to take COMP1126 and COMP1127 as one of
their Level I free electives.
VII. Students are encouraged to take a Level I language course as one of
their Level I free electives or in place of FOUN1101 or FOUN1201
STATISTICS (MAJOR)

57
FOUN1019: Critical Reading and Writing in the Disciplines (Year long)

13. ECON2010: Statistical Computing
14. ECON2014: Sampling Methods for Business and Social Sciences
16. ECON3031: Probability and Distribution Theory for Business and
Social Sciences
17. ECON3032: Statistical Estimation and Inference for Business and
Social Sciences
18-20. Plus 3 Level III Statistics Electives*
NOTE:
ECON course. Students must do ECON2008 or STAT2001 and/or ECON2014
IV. Students are encouraged to do ECON2016, ECON3049 and/or ECON3050
as electives.
V. Students are highly encouraged to take COMP1126 and COMP1127 as
one of their Level I free electives.
their Level I free electives of in place of FOUN1101 or FOUN1201.
*For the purpose of selection, the following are Statistics Electives:

- ECON3003: Game Theory
- ECON3037: Operations Research
- ECON3050: Applied Econometrics
- ECON3040: Non-Parametric Statistics
- ECON3049: Econometrics
- SOCI3018: Demography I
- SOCI3021: Demography II
- STAT2001: Inferential Statistics
- STAT2002: Discrete Statistics
- STAT2003: Linear Models
- STAT2004: Multivariate Methods
- STAT3001: Regression Analysis
- STAT3002: Time Series
- STAT3003: Design & Analysis Experiments
58
ECONOMICS (MINOR)
Level I
Students pursuing an Economics Minor must complete the Level I pre-
requisites for the courses selected at Level II/III, namely:ECON1000 and
ECON1012 plus either ECON1003 or ECON1004

5. Plus 1 Level II/III Economics Elective
STATISTICS (MINOR)
Level I
Students pursuing a Statistics Minor must complete the Level I pre-
requisites for the courses selected at Levels II/III, namely: ECON1004:
Mathematics for Social Sciences II and ECON1005: Introduction to Statistics

3. ECON2014: Sampling Methods for Business and Social Sciences
4-5. Plus 2 Level II/III Statistics Electives
NOTE:
ECON1005 or STAT1001. and not SOCI1005.
ECON course. Students must do ECON2008 or STAT2001 and/or ECON2014
NOTE: See Page 59 for Statistics electives
59
COURSE OFFERINGS: DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS
Code Course Title Sem Pre-requisites

ECON1000 Principles of Economics I 1&2 CSEC/CXC Math or GCE Math or
ECON0001 or GOVT0100
ECON1012 Principles of Economics II 1&2 ECON1000
ECON1003 Mathematics for Social 1&2 CSEC/CXC Math or GCE Math or
Sciences I ECON0001 or GOVT0100
(Anti-requisite: MATH0100,
MATH0110& MATH1141)
ECON1004 Mathematics for Social 1&2 ECON1003 or (MATH0100 &
Sciences II MATH0110)
(Anti-requisite: MATH1142)
ECON1005 Introduction to Statistics 1&2 CSEC/CXC Math or GCE Math or
ECON0001 or GOVT0100
(Anti-requisite: SOCI1005 or
STAT1001)
ECON2000 Intermediate 1 &2 ECON1012 & (ECON1003 or
Microeconomics I ECON1004 or MATH1142) or
(MATH0100 &
MATH0110)(Anti-requisite:
MGMT2020)
ECON2001 Intermediate 2 ECON2000
Microeconomics II
ECON2002 Intermediate 1 ECON1012 & (ECON1003 or
Macroeconomics I ECON1004 or MATH1142) or
(MATH0100 & MATH0110)
ECON2003 Intermediate 2 ECON2002
Macroeconomics II
ECON2005 Social and Economic 2 ECON1000, ECON1012,
Accounting ECON1005 & ECON1004
ECON2008 Statistical Methods I 1 ECON1005 & (ECON1004 or
MATH1142)
(Anti-requisite: STAT2001)
ECON2009 Statistical Methods II 2 ECON2008 or STAT2001
ECON2010 Statistical Computing 2 ECON2009 or STAT2001
ECON2014 Sampling Methods for 1 ECON2008 or STAT2001

Business and Social
Sciences
ECON2015 Matrix Algebra for 1 ECON1003 or ECON1004 or
Business and Social MATH1142
Sciences (Anti-requisite: MATH2410)
ECON2016 Calculus for Social 2 ECON1004 or MATH1142
Sciences (Anti-requisite: MATH2401)
ECON2020 Caribbean Economy 1 ECON1000 (Anti-
requisite:ECON2021)
60
ECON2023 International Economic 1 ECON1000
Relations I
ECON2024 International Economic 2 ECON1000
Relations II
ECON2025 Economics of Sport 1 ECON1012
ECON3003 Game Theory 2 ECON2016 or MATH2401
ECON3005 Monetary Theory and 1 ECON2000 & ECON2002
Policy
ECON3006 International Trade 2 ECON2002
ECON3007 International Finance 2 ECON2002
ECON3008 The History of Economic 2 ECON1012
Thought
ECON3010 Finance and Development 2 ECON2002
ECON3011 Economics of Financial 1 ECON2002
Institutions
ECON3016 Public Finance I 1 ECON2000 & ECON2001
ECON3030 Selected Topics in 2 ECON2001, ECON2003,
Economics ECON3049
ECON3031 Probability and 1 ECON2008 or STAT2001 &
Distribution Theory for ECON1004 or MATH1142
Business & Social Sciences (Anti-requisite: MATH2404)
ECON3032 Statistical Estimation 2 ECON3031 or MATH2404
&Inference for Business (Anti-requisite: STAT2001)
and Social Sciences
ECON3034 Environmental Economics 1 ECON1000
ECON3037 Operations Research I 1 ECON2015 or MATH2410
ECON3040 Non-Parametric Statistics 2 (ECON2016 or MATH2401),
(ECON2009 or STAT3001)
ECON3049 Econometrics 1 (ECON2008 or ECON3031) or
(MATH2404 & STAT2001) &
(ECON2015 or MATH2410)
ECON3050 Applied Econometrics 2 (ECON2009 & ECON3049) or
STAT3001
ECON3051 Development Economics 1 ECON2002
ECON3072 Financial Markets 2 ECON2003
ECON3073 Credit Analysis and 2 ECON2002 & ACCT2014
Lending
MATHEMATICS ELECTIVES* FOR
ECONOMICS AND MATHEMATICS DOUBLE MAJOR
MATH2401 Elements of 1 MATH1141,MATH1142,
Mathematical Analysis MATH1151 & MATH1152
MATH2403 Multivariable Calculus 2 (MATH1141, MATH1141 &
MATH1151) or (MATH1185)
MATH2404 Introduction to 2 MATH1141,MATH1142,
Probability Theory MATH1151 & MATH1152)
61
MATH2407 Stochastic Modelling 2 MATH2404
MATH2410 A First Course in Linear 2 MATH1141 & MATH1152
Algebra
MATH2411 Introduction to Abstract 2 MATH1141 & MATH1152
Algebra
MATH2420 Ordinary Differential 2 MATH1141, MATH1142,
Equations MATH1151 & MATH1152
MATH2421 Fourier Series & Integral 1 (MATH1141, MATH1142 &
Transforms MATH1151) or (MATH1185)
MATH2430 Linear Optimization 2 MATH1141 & MATH1152
MATH3401 Introduction to the 1 MATH2401
Theory of Integration
MATH3402 A Course on Metric 2 MATH2401
Space & Topology
MATH3403 Some Topics in 2 MATH2401
Functional Analysis
MATH3404 Introduction to 2 MATH2410 and MATH2403
Differential Geometry
with Computer Software
MATH3155 Complex Variables 1 MATH2401
MATH3411 Advanced Abstract 2 MATH2411
Algebra
MATH3412 Advanced Linear Algebra 1 MATH2410
MATH3414 Selected Topics in in 1 MATH2404
Operations Research
MATH3421 Partial Differential 1 MATH2420
Equations
MATH3422 Mathematical Modelling 1 MATH2401, MATH2410 &
MATH2420
MATH3424 Numerical Methods 2 MATH2401
STAT2001 Inferential Statistics 1 STAT1001 or MATH2404
STAT3001 Regression Analysis 1 STAT2001 and MATH2410
STAT3002 Time Series 2 MATH2404 and STAT2001
STAT3003 Design and Analysis STAT2001
Experiments
*CourseDescriptions for Mathematics courses can be viewed at Mathematics

Departmentwebpage at https://www.mona.uwi.edu/mathematics/mathematics-
courses
62
DEPARTMENT OF GOVERNMENT
Welcome to all new, returning or visiting students. The Department of

Government is happy to journey with you to make your experience with us
a rewarding one.
The Department has strength in research, teaching and outreach in areas of

International Relations, Political Science, and Public Policy & Management.
It is committed to academic excellence, a student-oriented tradition and it
is your place to shine.
I encourage you to make the most of your studies with us. The
U-We Inspire and we have a supportive faculty and
staff who stand ready to inspire all of you to reach your greatest academic
potential. Our faculty and administrative team is here to help you, and I
encourage you to seek their assistance as you proceed through the years.
private and public administration, regional and international organisations.
Together our faculty and administration welcome you to the Department of

Government and wish for you an academically stimulating experience with
us.
Dr Suzette A. Haughton
63
1. The Department offersthe following range of Majors and Minorsas well

as a range of electives for students with other career interests who feel
that courses in Government are an important part of a rounded
education:
International Relations (Major and Minor)

7
History and International Relations (BA) (Major)
Political Science (Major and Minor)
Political Leadership, Strategy and Management (Major and Minor)
Public Policy and Management (Major and Minor)
Africa and African Diaspora (Minor)
8
Criminology (Minor)

Faculty Handbook for the year in which they were accepted to the
programme.
3. Students without CSEC Mathematics who are required to sit GOVT0100:

Statistics and Mathematics for Policy Making will not be allowed to
register for more than the maximum course load for that semester.
4. All students of Political Leadership, Strategy and Management are

required to read for BOTHGOVT1000and GOVT1012.
5. Students wishing to do any Level II or Level III International Relations

course must do BOTH GOVT1000 and GOVT1008.
6. Students wishing to do any Level II or Level III Public Policy and

Management course must do BOTH GOVT1000 andGOVT1012.
7. Students wishing to do any Level II or Level III Political Science course

must do BOTH GOVT1000 and GOVT1001.
8. The co-requisites for the courses referenced in #4 to #7 above are either

ECON1005 or SOCI1005 and SOCI1001.
9. All majors in the Department require students to do GOVT2044

(Semester I) and GOVT2054 (Semester II).
7
The BA degree in History and International Relations is jointly offered by the Departments of
History and Government
8
The Criminology (Minor) is offered jointly by the Departments of Government and Sociology,
Psychology and Social Work.
64
common to both. Where the same course is listed for both a Major and
a Minor, it is counted only ONCE, therefore, an additional approved
course must also be taken to complete the required total of 60 credits.
11. Admission Priority to Finalizing Students

Priority will be given to finalizingstudents who need a particular course
to graduate. Other students will be admitted on a first-come-first-serve
basis.
12. An Undergraduate Coursework Accountability Statement is to be

coursework save for when coursework consists of an invigilated

14. Anti-Requisites: Theseare courses that cannot be taken together for

courses in PART V of this Handbook.

Handbook.
65
POLITICAL SCIENCE (MAJOR)

Semester 1
1. GOVT1000: Introduction to Political Institutions and Analysis
2. GOVT1001: Introduction to Political Philosophy
Semester 2
7. SOCI1005: Introductory Statistics for the Behavioural Sciences
8. GOVT1012: Introduction to Public Policy & Management or
GOVT1008: Introduction to International Relations
9. SOCI1002: Introduction to Sociology I
10. Plus 1 Level I Free Elective (Except ECON1005)
Level II (Minimum 30 credits)

Semester 1
11. GOVT2005: Caribbean Political Thought
12. GOVT2009: Introduction to African Politicsor
GOVT2025: Introduction to Chinese Politics or
GOVT2026: US Government and Politics or
GOVT3016: Latin American Politics and Development
13. GOVT2027: Comparative Politics of Industrial Societies
14. GOVT2044: Research Methods in Governance I
15. GOVT2267: Political Sociology of the Caribbean
Semester 2
16. GOVT2003: Theories of the State
17. GOVT2260:Political Leadership or
GOVT2070: Political Management and Strategy or
GOVT3202: Political Marketing and Communications
18. GOVT2007: Politics of the Caribbean
19. GOVT2054: Research Methods in Governance II
20. Level II/III Free Elective
Level III (Minimum 30 credits)

Semester 1
21. GOVT3012: Issues in Contemporary Politics of Industrial Societies
22 25. 4 Levels II/III Free Electives
Semester 2
66
26. GOVT3041: Media and Politics within the Caribbean and Beyond
27-30. Plus 4 Levels II/III Free Electives
HISTORY AND INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS (MAJOR)

Proposed Award: BA History and International Relations
Level I
Semester 1
2. HIST1201: An Introduction to World History
3. HIST1704: The Study of the Past in the Atlantic World
4. SOCI1001: Introduction to Social Research
5. FOUN1016: Critical Reading & Writing in the Humanities &
Education or
Semester 2
6. GOVT1008: Introduction to International Relations
7. FOUN1002: Language: Argument or
9
8. Foreign Language course
9 - 10. Two regional or national history electives from the foll, for
example:
HIST1407: Continuity and Change in Early Modern Europe

HIST1505: The Asian World Prior to 1600
HIST1604: Out of Many: The Development of Jamaican Society
Level II
Semester 1
12. GOVT2046: International Relations: Theories and Approaches
13. GOVT2048: International and Regional Organizations
10
15. Any one regional history elective, for example:
HIST2006: Conquest, Colonization & Resistance in the Caribbeanor
HIST2407: Europe in an Age of Revolutionsor
HIST2408: An Introduction to Modern Japan
French/Spanish, will need to take the entry test to assess their level before being
placed in the appropriate level course. These students might need to take an extra
Foreign Language course during Summer term
10
Year 2 and 3 students are required to take foreign language courses in the same
language as they selected in Year 1
67
Semester 2
16. FOUN1301: Law, Governance, Economy & Society in the Caribbean
17. GOVT2047: Principles of Public International Law
18. HIST2007: Freedom, Decolonization and Independence in the
Caribbean since 1804 or its equivalent
20. Any one regional or national history elective, for example:
HIST2104: Societies and Economies in Latin America from 1870
a from
1870
HIST2409: Europe since 1917
HIST2503: History of Modern China
Level III
Semester 1
21. GOVT2049: International Political Economy
11
22. HIST3710: Historical Research Capstone I
12
23. HIST3721: Sovereignty in Historical Perspective
th
HIST3022: Politics and Society in 20 Century Cuba
HIST3025: Banking in the Commonwealth Caribbean
HIST3301: Origins and Development of Apartheid in South Africa
HIST3411: Britain since 1945
HIST3502: History of the Middle East
Semester 2
26. GOVT3055: Theory and Practice of International Negotiations
27. HIST3711: Historical Research Capstone II
29. Any one International relations course, for example:
GOVT3050: Comparative Foreign Policy
GOVT3051: International Law and Development
GOVT3114: International Security Issues
GOVT3056: Internship in International Relations
th
HIST3022: Politics and Society in 20 Century Cuba
HIST3025: Banking in the Commonwealth Caribbean
HIST3301: Origins and Development of Apartheid in South Africa
HIST3411: Britain since 1945
HIST3502: History of the Middle East
11
Proposal to be submitted for approval.
12
Proposal to be developed in AY 2021/2022
68
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS (MAJOR)
2. GOVT1008: Introduction to International Relations
7. ECON1005: Introduction to Statistics or
SOCI1005: Introductory Statistics for the Behavioural Sciences
9-10. Plus 2 Level I Foreign Language courses*(See Foreign Language
Guidelines below)

15. GOVT2047: Principles of Public International Law
16. GOVT2048: International and Regional Organizations
17. GOVT2049: International Political Economy
18. GOVT3048: Contemporary International Relations of the Caribbean
19. GOVT3051: International Law & Development: Selected Issues or
GOVT3056: Internship in International Relations**
20. GOVT3052: Contemporary Issues of International Relations
21. GOVT3055: Theory and Practice of International Negotiations
NOTE:
*Foreign Language Requirement Guidelines
Students are required to take Part I and Part II of the same language at
levels I (e.g. SPAN1000 & SPAN1001) and not the basic/beginners or level
zero (0) courses as they alone do not satisfy the Level I Foreign Language
requirement. Examples of the Level 0 courses are FREN0101 and
SPAN0101).See Foreign Language Guidelines below.
Spanish:
with CSEC Spanish SPAN1000 (Sem I) + SPAN1010 (Sem I or II)
with CAPE Spanish SPAN1001 (Sem I) + SPAN1002 (Sem II)
without CSEC Spanish SPAN0101 (Sem I ) + SPAN1000 (Sem II) +SPAN1010 (Yr 2)
French:
with CSEC French FREN1000 (Sem I) + FREN1010 (Sem II)
with CAPE French FREN1001 (Sem I) + FREN1002 (Sem II) OR
69
FREN1199 (a 6-credit course combining FREN1001 + FREN1002)
without CSEC French FREN0101 (Sem I) + FREN1000 (Sem II) + FREN1010 (Yr 2)
Chinese, Japanese, Portugese:

Chinese CHIN1001 (Sem I) + CHIN1002 (Sem II)
Japanese JAPA1001 (Sem I) + JAPA1002 (Sem II)
Portugese PORT1001 (Sem I) + PORT1002 (Sem II)
**International Relations (IR)Internship Programme(GOVT3056)

Students must have completed all Level I IR and Semester 1 Level II
courses.
A student who has done GOVT3051 is not eligible for selection to do
GOVT3056.
GOVT3056 is offered to the top 25 finalizing, full-time IR Major students
based on thedegree GPA and subject to availability of suitable
placements.
Students are usually notified of their selection for the internship in
Semester 2 of Level II and provided with further details by the
programme coordinator.
The Internship is usually done over a 4-week period during the
summerimmediately following the end of the Level II academic year.
PUBLIC POLICY AND MANAGEMENT (MAJOR)

2. GOVT1012: Introduction to Public Policy and Management
3. FOUN1013: Critical Reading and Writing in the Social Sciences or
FOUN1019: Critical Reading and Writing in the Disciplines(Yearlong)
8. SOCI1002: Sociology for the Caribbean
9. SOCI1005: Introductory Statistics for the Behavioural Sciencesor
ECON1005: Introduction to Statistics

11. GOVT2006: Foundations of Caribbean Politics*
70
14. GOVT2037: Public Management Analysis
15. GOVT2036: Public Financial Management
17. ECON2020: Caribbean Economy
18. GOVT2038: Public and Policy Management Discourses
19. GOVT2050: Constitutional and Administrative Law for Public Sector
Managers
20. GOVT3039: Ethics in Government
21. GOVT3033: Concepts and Theories of Public Policy
22. GOVT3038: International Development Policy and Management
23. GOVT3118: Policy Analysis and Evaluationor
GOVT3115: Internship**
NOTE:
I. *Public Policy and Management majors need not have GOVT1001 in
order to register for GOVT2006 but must have GOVT1000 and
GOVT1012.
II. **Public Policy and Management Internship Programme (GOVT3115)
Students may undertake GOVT3115 Public Policy and Management
Internship Programme, for six weeks in the summer of their second or
final year. The internship is subject to the availability of positions in
government ministries and departments, which means that only a
limited number of students will have this option. Second year students
may apply for the internship at the start of their second year of study.
Final year students may also apply at the start of their final year of
study. However, final year students who apply for the internship MUST
also register for GOVT3118 until a determination is made about the
availability of positions. Registration for GOVT3118 will ensure that you
meet the requirements for successful completion of the programme.
71
POLITICAL LEADERSHIP, STRATEGY AND MANAGEMENT (MAJOR)

2. GOVT1001: Introduction to Political Philosophy
3. GOVT1012: Introduction to Public Policy and Management
4. GOVT1013: Introduction to Leadership
9. SOCI1005: Introductory Statistics for the Behavioural
SciencesorECON1005: Introduction to Statistics

11. GOVT2260: Political Leadership
14. GOVT2267: Political Sociology of the Caribbean
15. GOVT2070: Political Management and Strategy
16. PSYC2017: Political Psychology
17. GOVT3180: Leadership Internship*
18. GOVT3039: Ethics in Government
19. GOVT3202: Political Marketing and Communication
20. GOVT3179: Political Leadership in the Caribbean
NOTE:
*GOVT3180: Leadership Internship theinternship is for one month, during
the summer period immediately following the end of Level II. The student is
placed in a public or private organization where they are supervised. The
supervisor completes an evaluation form about the student at the end of
the internship. The student also submits a report on their internship
experience to the internship coordinator.
72
AFRICA AND AFRICAN DIASPORA STUDIES (MINOR)
Level I
Students pursuing Africa & African Diaspora Studies (Minor) must complete
the Level I pre-requisites for the five courses selected at Levels II/III.

1-5. Five (5) electives from the following:
- GOVT2001:Philosophical Foundations of Slavery & Anti-Slavery Resistance
- GOVT2004: Sports Politics and Society
- GOVT2005: Caribbean Political Thought
- GOVT2009: Introduction to African Politics
- GOVT2012: Popular Jamaican Music 1962-1982: Roots Lyrics as
Socio-Political Philosophical Text
- GOVT3022: Garveyism in Americas/Africa
- SOCI3025: Caribbean Culture
POLITICAL SCIENCE (MINOR)
Level I
Students pursuing a Political Sciences Minor must complete the Level I pre-
requisites for the courses selected at Levels II/III.These include but are not
limited to GOVT1000 and GOVT1001.

- GOVT2003: Theories of the State
- GOVT2004: Sports Politics and Society
- GOVT2005: Caribbean Political Thought
- GOVT2007: Politics of the Caribbean
- GOVT2009: Introduction to African Politicsor
GOVT3016: Latin American Politics and Development or
GOVT2025: Introduction to Chinese Politics or
GOVT2026: US Government and Politics
- GOVT2012: Popular Jamaican Music 1962 1982: Roots Lyrics as
Socio-Political Philosophical Text
73
- GOVT2027: Comparative Politics of Industrial Societies (formerly
GOVT3009: The Politics of Industrial Societies)
- GOVT3012: Issues in Contemporary Politics of Industrial Societies
- GOVT3041: Media and Politics within the Caribbean and Beyond
- GOVT3044: Politics, Democracy and Development
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS (MINOR)
Level I
Students pursuing an International Relations Minor must complete the
Level I pre-requisites for the courses selected at Levels II/III. These include
but are not limited toGOVT1000 and GOVT1008

2-5. Plus four (4) electives from the following 8:
- GOVT2047: Principles of Public International Law
- GOVT2048: International and Regional Organizations
- GOVT2049: International Political Economy
- GOVT3016: Latin American Politics and Development
- GOVT3048: Contemporary International Relations of the Caribbean
- GOVT3050: Comparative Foreign Policy
- GOVT3051: International Law & Development: Selected Issues
- GOVT3052: Contemporary Issues of International Relations
CRIMINOLOGY (MINOR)
Level I
Students pursuing the Criminology (Minor) must complete the Level I pre-
requisites for the five (5) courses selected from the following listing:

1. GOVT2011: Criminal Justice Systems
2. SOCI3032: Criminology I
3. SOCI3036: Criminology II: Police and Society
4. Plus one (1) elective from the following 6:
- GOVT2010: Delinquency & Juvenile Justice
- PSYC2000: Social Psychology
- PSYC2002: Abnormal Psychology
- SOCI2000: Classical Social Theory
- SOWK2006: Caribbean Social Issues
74
- SOCI3046: Theory and Practice of Restorative Justice I
5. And one (1) elective from the following 6:

- GOVT3010: Punishment and Corrections
- GOVT3011: Violence and Development
- SOCI3015: Introduction to the Evaluation of Social Programmes
- SOCI3047: Theory and Practice of Restorative Justice II
- SOWK3015: Drugs and Society
- SOWK3020: Social Planning and Project Design
POLITICAL LEADERSHIP, STRATEGY AND MANAGEMENT (MINOR)
Level I
Students pursuing a Political Leadership, Strategy and Management Minor
must complete the Level I pre-requisites for the courses selected at Levels
II/III. These include GOVT1000, GOVT1012 and GOVT1013.

1-5. Five (5) electives from the following 6:
- GOVT2070: Political Management and Strategy
- GOVT2177: Political Behaviour
- GOVT3118: Policy Analysis and Evaluation
- GOVT3202: Political Marketing and Communication
- GOVT3179: Political Leadership in the Caribbean
- GOVT2260: Political Leadership
PUBLIC POLICY AND MANAGEMENT (MINOR)
Level I
Students pursuing a Public Policy and Management Minor must complete
the Level I pre-requisites for the courses selected at Levels II/III. These
include both GOVT1000 and GOVT1012.

75
- GOVT2037: Public Management Analysis
- GOVT2038: Publicand PolicyManagement Discourses
- GOVT2036: Public Financial Management
- GOVT2050: Constitutional & Administrative Law for Public Sector
Managers
- GOVT3039: Ethics in Government
- GOVT3033: Concepts and Theories of Public Policy
- GOVT3038: International Development Policy and Management
POLITICS AND INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

What is the Bachelors/Masters in Politics and International Cooperation
(BPIC/MPIC)?
A jointly taught 5-year long undergraduate and graduate programme with
Sciences Po Bordeaux in France and Universite des Antilles in Martinique.
Students will receive both a UWI BSc and MSc degree upon completion of
programme. Applications are not accepted for direct entry at the graduate
level.
Who is eligible to apply?

First year students who have received at least a B in GOVT1008, FREN1001,
and FREN 1002.
Structure of Programme
First year at UWI Mona
Students would have already been enrolled in a BSc programme. Once
accepted to BPIC/MPIC, they are to request a transfer to the Faculty of
Social Sciences (if originally from another Faculty) and a change of major
from the FSS Office.
NOTE: Students are required to maintain a valid registration and pay fees
every semester to their home institution, UWI Mona. Students MUST
register for the following holding courses on SAS while studying at the other
institutions.
Second Year at Sciences Po Bordeaux

Semester I Semester II
MPIC 2000 Foundations in Politics MPIC 2005 Modern Languages for
for International Cooperation International Cooperation II
MPIC 2004 Modern Languages for MPIC 2007 Political Science for
International Cooperation I International Cooperation
MPIC 2009 French Political MPIC 2008 Anthropology Applied to
Institutions the Caribbean
MPIC 2012 Political History MPIC 2013 Political Anthropology
76
Third Year at Universite des Antilles
MPIC 3024 Great Third World
MPIC 3007 Political institutions of Political Texts & Public Liberties &
Europe and the Caribbean Fundamental Rights
MPIC 3010 Contemporary Social MPIC 3032 Analysis of Political
Sciences, and International Behaviour and Administrative
Relations Science
MPIC 3013 Major Contemporary MPIC 3035 European Politics &
Political & Social Issues Human Rights Law
MPIC 3015 Modern Language and MPIC 3041 Human Rights and
ICT Requirement Fundamental Liberty
Note: At the beginning of Semester II, students must apply for the MSc in
International Politics and Cooperation. Please pay attention to the Office of
Graduate Studies and Research website for submission guidelines.
Fourth Year at Sciences Po Bordeaux

GOVT6040 International Public GOVT6041 International Perspectives
and Development Management on Regulation and Regulatory Reform
GOVT6043 Organization Design GOVT6042 Policy Writing for Public
and Change for Public Managers Managers
GOVT6090 Political Theory I GOVT6077 Qualitative Research
Methods
GOVT6076 Quantitative Research GOVT 6079 Caribbean Political Systems
Methods II
Fifth (Final) Year at UWI Mona

Students are to refer to the FSS Graduate Handbook for further
information.
77
COURSE OFFERING: DEPARTMENT OF GOVERNMENT
Code Course Title Sem. Pre-requisites
FOUN1301 Law, Governance, Economy 1&2 None
& Society in the Caribbean
GOVT0100 Statistics and Mathematics Refer to Department
for Policy Making
GOVT1000 Introduction to Political 1&2 None
Institutions and Analysis
GOVT1001 Introduction to Political 1&2 None
Philosophy
GOVT1008 Introduction to 1&2 None
International Relations
GOVT1012 Introduction to Public Policy 1 None
and Management
GOVT1013 Introduction to Leadership 1&2 None
GOVT2003 Theories of the State 2 GOVT1000 & GOVT1001 or
GOVT1008 or SOCI1002
GOVT2004 Sports, Politics and Society 1 GOVT1000 & GOVT1001
GOVT2005 Caribbean Political Thought 1 GOVT1000 & GOVT1001
GOVT2006 Foundations of Caribbean 1 GOVT1000 & GOVT1001
Politics
GOVT2007 Politics of the Caribbean 1&2 None
GOVT2009 Introduction to African 1 GOVT1000 & GOVT1001
Politics
GOVT2010 Delinquency and Juvenile 2 None
Justice
GOVT2011 Criminal Justice Systems 1&2 GOVT1000 or SOCI1002
GOVT2012 Popular Jamaican Music 2 GOVT1000 or GOVT1001 or
1962 1982: Roots Lyrics as HIST1004 or HIST2006 or
Socio-Political Philosophical LITS1002 or PHIL1001
Text
GOVT2025 Introduction to Chinese 1 GOVT1000
Politics
GOVT2026 US Government and Politics 1 GOVT1000
GOVT2027 Comparative Politics of 1 GOVT1000 & GOVT1001
Industrial Societies
GOVT2036 Public Financial 1 GOVT1000 & GOVT1012 & any
Management Level I/II ECON course
GOVT2037 Public Management 1 GOVT1000 & GOVT1012
Analysis
GOVT2038 Public and Policy 2 GOVT2037
Management Discourses
GOVT2044 Research Methods in 1 GOVT1000 & GOVT1001 or
Governance I GOVT1012 or GOVT1008 &
SOCI1001 & ECON1005 or
SOCI1005
GOVT2046 Theories and Approaches to 1&2 GOVT1000 & GOVT1008
78
GOVT2047 Principles of Public 1&2 GOVT1000 & GOVT1008
International Law
GOVT2048 International and Regional 1&2 GOVT1000 & GOVT1008
Organizations
GOVT2049 International Political 1&2 GOVT1000 & GOVT1008
Economy
GOVT2050 Constitutional and 1 GOVT1000 & GOVT1012
Administrative Law for
Public Sector Managers
GOVT2054 Research Methods in 2 GOVT2044
Governance II
GOVT2070 Political Management and 2 None
Strategy
GOVT2071 Climate Change, 2 None
Governance and
Development
GOVT2177 Political Behaviour 1 GOVT1000 & GOVT1001
GOVT2260 Political Leadership 2 None
GOVT2267 Political Sociology of the 1 GOVT1000
Caribbean
GOVT2268 Gender, Governance and 1 None
Leadership
GOVT2269 Social Movements in the 1 None
Caribbean
GOVT3009 The Politics of Industrial 1 GOVT1000 & GOVT1001
Societies
GOVT3010 Punishment and Corrections 2 At least a B in GOVT2011
GOVT3011 Violence and Development 1 At least a B in GOVT2011
GOVT3012 Issues in Contemporary 2 GOVT2027 (formerly GOVT3009)
Politics & Industrial Societies
GOVT3016 Latin American Politics and 1 GOVT1000 & GOVT1008
Development SPAN0118/FREN0118 or
SPAN0101/FREN0101 or
SPAN2199/FREN2001 &
FREN2002 or SPAN3119/
FREN3001 & FREN3002 or either
German/Japanese/ Latin
equivalent
GOVT3022 Garveyism in the 2 GOVT1000 & GOVT1001
Americas/Africa
GOVT3033 Concepts and Theories of 1 GOVT2037
Public Policy
GOVT3038 International Development 1 GOVT2037 & GOVT2038
Policy and Management
GOVT3039 Ethics in Government 2 GOVT1000 & GOVT1012
GOVT3041 Media and Politics within 2 None
79
the Caribbean and Beyond
GOVT3042 Constituency Resource 1 GOVT2044 & GOVT2054
Development and
Management
GOVT3044 Politics, Democracy and 2 GOVT1000 & GOVT1001
Development
GOVT3048 Contemporary International 2 GOVT2046 or GOVT2048
Relations of the Caribbean
GOVT3050 Comparative Foreign Policy 2 GOVT1000 & GOVT1001 or
GOVT1012 & GOVT1008, Any
Level II Pol. Sci. or IR course
GOVT3051 International Law & 1&2 GOVT2047
Development: Selected (Anti-requisite: GOVT3056)
Issues
GOVT3052 Contemporary Issues of 1 GOVT2046 or GOVT2048
GOVT3055 Theory and Practice of 1&2 GOVT2046 & GOVT2048
International Negotiations (Finalizing IR Majors only)
GOVT3056 Internship in International 2 Finalizing IR Majors only
Relations (Anti-requisite: GOVT3051)
GOVT3070 Good Governance and 1 None
Global Corruption
GOVT3114 International Security Issues 2 None
GOVT3115 Public Policy and 2 GOVT2037
Management Internship
GOVT3118 Policy Analysis and 2 GOVT2038
Evaluation
GOVT3170 The Global Economy and 2 GOVT1000
Development: Concepts and
Policy Issues
GOVT3179 Political Leadership in the 1 GOVT2260
Caribbean
GOVT3180 Political Leadership, 2 GOVT3179
Strategy & Management
Internship
GOVT3201 Internet and Democracy 2 GOVT1000
GOVT3202 Political Marketing and 2 GOVT1000
Communications
GOVT3205 International Trade and 2 GOVT2049 or ECON1012
Digital Technology
GOVT3206 International Trade 1 GOVT2049 or ECON1012 or
Regulation SOCI3026
80
MONA SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
Message from the Executive Director
Welcome to the University of the West Indies (Mona & Western Jamaica),
and in particular the Mona School of Business and Management! (MSBM)
now ranked in the Top 1.5% of all universities globally, and remains the top
university in the Caribbean. You should therefore be extremely proud of
your achievements in being part of this great University.
This year is significant as it marks 10 years since the merger of the

Department of Management Studies (DOMS) and the Mona School of
Business (MSB) to become the Mona School of Business & Management
(MSBM) bringing all the undergraduate and graduate programmes together
in one School to become the premier Business School in the Caribbean.
This year is also significant as for the first time since March 2020, when the
pandemic struck, we will be returning to face-to-face classes. For most of
our students this will be their first experience of face-to-face classes at UWI,
and we look forward to you having the full UWI experience. This will require
significant adjustments for all of us, faculty, administrative staff and
students, and it is important that you follow the guidelines laid out by the
Faculty and University, especially those outlined in the Handbook. We
pride ourselves in the MSBM on high academic standards, and we are here
to assist you in completing your degrees. This handbook is the first guide to
learning about and choosing your preferred courses and majors for your
undergraduate degree. Please pay particular attention to pre-requisites, as
this is important to ensuring that you complete your programme of study in
the prescribed time. In making your plans, remember that the faculty, and
in particular your academic advisors are here to provide you with guidance.
MSBM is home to over 3,000 students, and so it is essential that you use
the Online Systems efficiently, as many times we have to re-direct students
who make in-person or email queries to the systems.
81
Electives are highly competitive within the MSBM, as are Majors and
Minors, and so we will not always be able to accommodate requests.
Applying multiple times is highly discouraged, and is unlikely to get you into
a desired course or programme, unless there are compelling reasons to do
so. Lectures and tutorials are critical to your success, as is following
recommended readings and all activities as at the undergraduate level we
expect that you will be doing work beyond what is taught solely during
lectures.
University is also a place to have a full experience, so while academics must

take priority, please take advantage of the wide range of clubs, sporting and
other social activities that are on offer. While the effects of the Pandemic
are waning, it is still with us, and so it is important to follow the health and
safety protocols, particularly when indoors. Welcome once again to the
MSBM, and I look forward to meeting as many of you as I can in person.
Best of luck!
Dr David McBean
82
1. The Mona School of Business and Management offers BSc. degrees in

the following areas:
Accounting (Major and Minor)
Chemistry & Management (Option)
Entrepreneurship (Major)
Human Resource Management (Major)
Management Studies (Major and Minor)
Marketing (Major)
Operations Management (Major)
Tourism Management (Major)

programme.

common to both.
4. Where the same course is listed for both a Major and a Minor, it is
counted only ONCE, therefore, an additional approved course must also
be taken to complete the required total of 60 credits.
5. Students must satisfy the pre-requisite requirements for all courses

including those not specifically stated in the list of required courses. See
page 92 for Course Offering information.
6. Approval of Majors/Minors: Majors and minors are granted at the

discretion of the Head of the particular unit and will depend on the
following minimum criteria:
a. Completion of at least 30 Level I credits of your approved major
b. C 3.0
c. Capacity within MSBM to accept additional students
d. Submission of formal online change of major/minor request*
*Students MUST await approval of request before attempting required
courses. Failure to do so WILL result in the change NOT being reflected
on your degree certificate. Please note that achieving a. or b. above
does not guarantee a place, as there are special considerations related
to c.

See page 30:Section 6 for details
83
ACCOUNTING (MAJOR)

2. ACCT1005: Introduction to Financial Accounting
8. MGMT1002: Communication Skills for Managers
Level II & Level III* (Minimum 60 credits)

12. ACCT2014: Financial Accounting I
13. ACCT2015: Financial Accounting II
14. ACCT2017: Management Accounting I
16. ACCT3043: Auditing I
17. MGMT3046: Company Law
18. MGMT3051: Taxation I
19. ACCT3064: Financial Statement Analysis
20. Plus 1 Level II/III Accounting Elective
Required electives for students interested in a career in Accounting**:

- ACCT3041: Advanced Financial Accounting
- ACCT3044: Auditing II
- ACCT3039: Management Accounting II
- MGMT3037: International Business Management
- MGMT3052: Taxation II
NOTE:
I. *Students pursuing an AccountingMajor or any level III accounting
course should not read for ACCT2019: Financial Accounting for
Managers.
II. ** Students who plan to pursue an accounting career are being advised
to complete all the electives listed for Accounting. This will enable
graduates to compete internationally as professional accountants.
84
CHEMISTRY & MANAGEMENT (OPTION)
This degree is offered jointly by the Faculties of Social Sciences and Science
& Technology. Students doing this degree programme should seek
academic advising from the Department of Chemistry.

3. CHEM1810: Introductory ChemistryI
4. CHEM1820: Introductory Chemistry II
5. CHEM1910: Introductory Chemistry III
6. CHEM1920: Introductory Chemistry IV
7. CHEM1811: Introductory Chemistry Laboratory I
8. CHEM1911: Introductory Chemistry Laboratory II
9. ECON1000: Principles of Economics
11. STAT1001: Statistics for Scientists
12. PSYC1002: Introduction to Industrial and Organizational
Psychology
14. MATH (3 credits from any Level I Mathematics course)
15. FOUN1014: Critical Reading and Writing in Science & Technology
& Medicine
Level II&Level III (Minimum 62 credits)

1. CHEM2010: Chemical Analysis A
2. CHEM2011: Chemical Analysis Laboratory I
3. CHEM2110: Inorganic Chemistry A
4. CHEM2111: Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory I
5. CHEM2210: Organic Chemistry A
6. CHEM2211: Organic Chemistry Laboratory I
7. CHEM2310: Physical Chemistry A
8. CHEM2311: Physical Chemistry Laboratory I
9. CHEM 3010: Chemical Analysis B
10. CHEM3110: Inorganic Chemistry B
11. CHEM3210: Organic Chemistry B
12. CHEM3310: Physical Chemistry B
14. MGMT2008: Organizational Behaviour
15. MGMT2012: Quantitative Methods
16. MGMT2021: Business Law I
85
18. MGMT2026: Production & Operations Management
19. MGMT3031: Business Strategy & Policy
20. MGMT3058: New Venture Management
21. MKTG2001: Principles of Marketing
22. Plus 1 Level II/III Chemistry course*
23. Plus 1 Level II/III Management Studies course
NOTE:
I. Chemistry (CHEM) courses value 2, 3 and 4 credits while FSS courses
value 3 credits, unless otherwise indicated.
II. Students must complete 6 credits of Level I MATH prior to doing the
advanced CHEM courses. MATH1185 or MATH1141 are recommended.
III. Students must ensure that they satisfy their Foundation course
requirements.
* The additional Level II/III Chemistry course should be selected from:

CHEM2410, CHEM2510, CHEM2511, CHEM2512, CHEM3112, CHEM3212,
CHEM3511, CHEM3611, CHEM3621, CHEM3711
ENTREPRENEURSHIP (MAJOR)


12. MGMT2224: Introduction to Entrepreneurship
15. MGMT3090: Entrepreneurial Finance
16. MGMT3101: Strategic Planning for Entrepreneurship
18. MGMT3231: International Entrepreneurship
86
19-20. Two (2) electives from the following 3:
-MGMT3102: Creativity and Innovation Management for
Entrepreneurship
-MGMT3089: Social Entrepreneurship for Sustainable
Development
-MKTG3002: Marketing Research
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (MAJOR)


14. MGMT3017: Human Resource Management
15. MGMT3018: Industrial Relations
16. MGMT3019: Business Negotiations
17. MGMT3021: Organizational Theory & Design
18. MGMT3063: Labour and Employment Law
19. MGMT3065: Management of Change
20. One (1) elective from the following 4:
-MGMT2026: Production & Operations Management
-MGMT3022: Organization Development
-MGMT3057: Productivity and Quality Management Techniques
-MGMT3069: Quality Service Management
21-30. Plus 10 Level II/III Free Elective
87
MANAGEMENT STUDIES (MAJOR)
Level II &Level III (Minimum 60 credits)

17. MGMT3065: Management of Change
19. MGMT3037: International Business Management
20. One (1) elective from the following 3:
- MGMT2004 | ACCT2014 | ACCT2019
MARKETING (MAJOR)

Level II &Level III (Minimum 60 credits)

88
14. MKTG3001: International Marketing Management
15. MKTG3002: Marketing Research
16. MKTG3003: Marketing Strategy
17. MKTG3070: Consumer Behaviour
18. MKTG3010: Integrated Marketing Communication
19. MKTG3017: Digital Marketing and Data Analytics Fundamentals
20. One (1) from the following 3:
- MGMT3031|MGMT3230 | Any Level II/III Psychology Elective
NOTE:
Students pursuing a Marketing (Major) are encouraged to choose
Psychology courses in their free elective slots.
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT (MAJOR)


16. MGMT3056: Project Management
17. MGMT3057: Productivity & Quality Management
18. MGMT3060: Operations, Planning and Control
19-20. Two (2) from the following 5:
- ACCT2017: Management Accounting I
- MGMT2023: Financial Management I
- MGMT3012: Systems Analysis and Design
- MGMT3031: Business Strategy & Policy
- MGMT3065: Management of Change
NOTE:
89
Students who plan to pursue a career in Operations Management or who
plan to take quantitative courses are advised to include one or more of the
Level 1 mathematics courses offered by the Department of Economics.
TOURISM MANAGEMENT (MAJOR)

1. TOUR1000: Introduction to Tourism and Hospitality Management
5. ACCT1003: Introduction to Cost and Management Accountingor
ACCT1005: Introduction to Financial Accounting
13
9. Foreign Language course (See Guidelines below)
10. Free elective (if 9. above is SPAN0101 or FREN0101, two free electives
must be selected)
Plus MGMT1424: Internship (0 credits) - (Summer of Year 1)*

11. HOTL3001: Event Management
13. TOUR2002: Transport & Travel
14. TOUR3000: Tourism Management
15. TOUR3001: Sustainable Tourism
16. TOUR3004: Destination Marketing
17. TOUR3005: Tourism Planning & Development
18. TOUR3010: Caribbean Tourism
19. Foreign Language course(See Guidelines below)
20. One (1) from the following 6:
- ACCT2019: Accounting for Managers
- HOSP3106: Entertainment Management
- MGMT2224: Introduction to Entrepreneurship
- MGMT3017: Human Resource Management
- TOUR3007: Destination Management
- TOUR3009: Tourist Behaviour
21-30. Plus 10 Level II/III Electives(See recommended electives below)
13
Students transferring from St. Augustine and Cave Hill Campuses who have completed all thirty Level I
credits will be eligible to enter the second year of this programme. They will further be exempted from
taking the language courses which must be substituted by two other Free Electives.
90
NOTE:*Internships are done during the summer months. Students who

refuse to attend internship at the organization at which they are placed will
be required to withdraw from the programme. If students fail to submit the
requested documents on time, they will be required to seek internship
without the assistance of the programme coordinator.
Foreign Language Requirements:

A. Students with a grade 1 or 2 pass in a language at CSEC are exempt
from the language requirements, and should choose appropriate
electives in their place.
B. Students with a grade 3 pass in a language at CSEC should choose

one of the following courses:
1. SPAN2008/SPAN1000 OR
2. FREN1000 OR
3. CHIN1000 OR
4. JAPA1000
C. Students without a grade 3 and above pass at CSEC in a language are

required to complete one of the paths listed below:
1. SPAN0101 and SPAN2008/SPAN1000 OR
2. FREN0101 and FREN1000 OR
3. CHIN1001 and CHIN1002 OR
4. JAPA1001 and JAPA1002
Recommended Electives for Tourism Management (Major)

Below is the suggested list of courses from which students may choose free
electives:
MARKETING:
MKTG3070 | MGMT3069 | MKTG3001 | MKTG3003
TOURISM:
TOUR3110: Ecotourism
FOREIGN LANGUAGE:
Five (5) Foreign Language Electives
HERITAGE STUDIES:
HIST1901 | HIST2901 | HIST3901
91
14
COASTAL ZONE MANAGEMENT :
BIOL2014 | BIOL3013 | BIOL3014
ENTERTAINMENT & CULTURE ENTERPRISE:

CLTR2506 | COMM2602 | COMM3921 | GOVT2012 | HIST3614
MEDIA & COMMUNICATION:

COMM3921 | MKTG3010 | COMM2268 | COMM3148 | COMM3428
ACCOUNTING (MINOR)
Level I
Students pursuing an Accounting (Minor) must complete the Level I pre-
requisites for the courses selected at Levels II/III.

1. ACCT2014: Financial Accounting I
2. ACCT2015: Financial Accounting II
3. ACCT2017: Management Accounting I
5. ACCT3043: Auditing I
HOTEL MANAGEMENT (MINOR)
Level I
Students pursuing a Hotel Management (Minor) must complete the Level I
pre-requisites for the courses selected at Levels II/III.

Five (5) Courses from the following 8:
1. HOSP3034: Food and Beverage III
2. HOTL3001: Event Management
3. MGMT2021: Business Law
4. MGMT2023: Financial Management
5. MGMT2026: Production and Operations Management
6. MGMT3069: Quality Service Management
8. TOUR3007: Destination Management
14
Students must have CAPE Biology or its equivalent to pursue this option. If Coastal Zone Management
courses are done, students will take 18 instead of fifteen (15) credits due to the nature of assigned courses
in the Faculty of Science & Technology.
92
MANAGEMENT STUDIES (MINOR)
Level I
Students pursuing a Management Studies (Minor) must complete the Level
I pre-requisites for the courses selected at Levels II/III.

3-5. Plus 3 Level II/III Departmental Electives
TOURISM MANAGEMENT (MINOR)
Level I
Students pursuing a Tourism Management (Minor) must complete the Level
I pre-requisites for the courses selected at Levels II/III. Students are
expected to complete 15 credits from any of the following courses.

Five (5) Courses from the following 8:
1. MGMT2023: Financial Management
2. MGMT2224: Introduction to Entrepreneurship
5. TOUR3001: Sustainable Tourism
6. TOUR3004: Destination Marketing
7. TOUR3005: Tourism Planning, Policy and Development
8. TOUR3007: Destination Management
93
COURSE OFFERING: MONA SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
Codes Course Title Sem. Pre-requisites

ACCT1002 Introduction to Financial 1 Available to TLI studentsonly
Accounting
ACCT1003 Introduction to Cost & 2 CXC Mathematics Grades 1-3
Management Accounting or ECON001
ACCT1005 Financial Accounting 1 CXC Mathematics Grades 1-3
or ECON001
ACCT2014 Financial Accounting I 1 [ACCT1003 or CAPE
Accounting Unit 2] &
[ACCT1005 or CAPE
Accounting Unit I]
ACCT2015 Financial Accounting II 2 ACCT2014
ACCT2017 Management Accounting I 1 [ACCT1003 or CAPE

Accounting Unit 2] &
[ACCT1005 or CAPE
Accounting Unit I]
(Anti-requisite: HOTL2021)
ACCT2019 Financial Accounting for 2 [ACCT1003 or CAPE
Managers Accounting Unit 2] &
[ACCT1005 or CAPE
Accounting Unit I]
(Anti-requisite: ACCT2014)
ACCT3039 Management Accounting II 2 ACCT2017
ACCT3041 Advanced Financial 1 ACCT2015

Accounting
ACCT3043 Auditing I 1 ACCT2015
ACCT3044 Auditing II 2 ACCT3043
ACCT3064 Financial Statement 2 ACCT2015 & MGMT2023

Analysis
HOSP3106 Entertainment 1 TOUR1000
Management
HOSP3034 Food and Beverage III 2 None - Lecturer Permission
required
HOTL3001 Events Management 1 TOUR1000
MGMT1002 Communication Skills for 1&2 FOUN1013 or FOUN1401 or

Managers FOUN1019 or FOUN1001
MGMT1424 Internship Summer Tourism management majors
only
MGMT2004 Computer Applications 1&2 ACCT1005
94
MGMT2008 Organizational Behaviour 1&2 SOCI1002 or SOCI1001
(Anti-requisite: HM222)
MGMT2012 Quantitative Methods 1&2 ECON1005
MGMT2020 Managerial Economics 2 MGMT2012
MGMT2021 Business Law I 1&2 ACCT1003 or ACCT1005 or
ECON1000 or SOCI1001 or
SOCI1002
MGMT2023 Financial Management I 1&2 [ACCT1005 &
ECON1005]OR[ACCT1005
and MATH1141 or MATH
1142 or MATH 1151]
MGMT2026 Production & Operations 1&2 ECON1005
Management
MGMT2068 Risk & Treasury 1&2 Banking & Finance students
Management or MGMT2023
MGMT2124 Internship Summer Tourism management &
Accounting Co-op only
MGMT2224 Introduction to 1&2 None
Entrepreneurship
MGMT3012 Systems Analysis & Design 1&2 MGMT2004
MGMT3017 Human Resource 1&2 MGMT2008

Management (Anti-requisite: HOSP2023)
MGMT3018 Industrial Relations 2 MGMT2008
MGMT3019 Business Negotiations 2 MGMT2008
MGMT3021 Organizational Theory & 1&2 MGMT2008

Design
MGMT3022 Organizational 2 MGMT2008 grade B+ or
Development higher
MGMT3031 Business Strategy & Policy 1&2 Final Year BSc. (Accounting,
Mgmt. Stds., HRM, Marketing
& Operations) Major/ Minor
students only
MGMT3033 Business, Government & 2 Final Year students only
Society
MGMT3037 International Business 1&2 Final Year students only
Management
MGMT3046 Company Law 1 MGMT2021
MGMT3048 Financial Management II 2 MGMT2023
MGMT3050 Investment and Analysis 1 MGMT2023
MGMT3051 Taxation I 1 MGMT2021 & ACCT2014
MGMT3052 Taxation II 2 MGMT3051
95
MGMT3056 Project Management 1 MGMT2026
MGMT3057 Productivity & Quality 1 MGMT2026

Management
MGMT3058 New Venture 1&2 MGMT2224
Management
MGMT3060 Operations, Planning and 2 MGMT2026
Control
MGMT3061 Team Building & 1 MGMT2008
Management
MGMT3062 Compensation 1 MGMT3017
Management
MGMT3063 Labour and Employment 2 PSYC1002 or MGMT2004 or
Law MGMT2008 or MGMT2021
or MKTG2001
MGMT3065 Management of Change 1&2 MGMT2008
MGMT3066 Business Ethics for Bankers 1 Finalizing Banking & Finance

students
MGMT3067 Regulatory Framework of 1 Finalizing Banking & Finance
Banking & Finance students
MGMT3069 Quality Service 1&2 MGMT2008
Management
MGMT3089 Social Entrepreneurship 2 MGMT2224
for Sustainable
Development
MGMT3090 Entrepreneurial Finance 1 MGMT2224 &MGMT2023
MGMT3101 Strategic Planning for 1 MGMT2224
Entrepreneurship
MGMT3102 Creativity & Innovation 2 MGMT2224
Management for
Entrepreneurship
MGMT3124 Internship Summer Tourism Management Majors
only
MGMT3230 Corporate Strategy 2 Final Year students only
MGMT3231 International 1 MGMT2224

Entrepreneurship
MKTG2001 Principles of Marketing 1&2 [ACCT1003] or [ACCT1005] or
[ECON1000] or [SOCI1001] or
[SOCI1002] (Anti-requisite:
EDCE2025)
MKTG3001 International Marketing 2 MKTG2001
Management
MKTG3002 Marketing Research 1 ECON1005 & MKTG2001
MKTG3003 Marketing Strategy 1&2 MKTG2001
MKTG3010 Integrated Marketing 1&2 Marketing majors only,
Communication MKTG2001, MKTG3002 &
96
MKTG3070
MKTG3017 Digital Marketing and Data 1&2 ECON1005 & MKTG2001
Analytics Fundamentals
MKTG3070 Consumer Behaviour 2 MKTG2001
TOUR1000 Introduction to Tourism & 2 None
Hospitality Management
TOUR2002 Transport & Travel 1 TOUR1000
TOUR3000 Tourism Management 1 TOUR1000
TOUR3001 Sustainable Tourism 2 TOUR3000
TOUR3004 Destination Marketing 1 MKTG2001
TOUR3005 Tourism Planning & 2 TOUR3000 & Third year
Development Tourism Major only
TOUR3007 Destination Management 2 TOUR3000
TOUR3009 Tourist Behaviour 2 TOUR3000
TOUR3010 Caribbean Tourism 2 TOUR3000 (co-requisite)

TOUR3110 Ecotourism 2 TOUR3001
97
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY, PSYCHOLOGY & SOCIAL WORK
Welcome to the Department of Sociology, Psychology and Social Work! As

you may have already discovered, our focus is on the behavioural sciences,
including Anthropology, Demography, Development, Human Resource
Development, and Social Policy. As new and returning students you come
from various geo-social zones and socio-economic backgrounds that shape
your views on how the world operates. In your time here with us there will
be opportunities and challenges; but we hope that even the latter will
provide space for learning and the formation of new friendships.
We know you are aware that many of our staff are experts in various areas
of the behavioural sciences. You may see them on your television or hear
them on the radio, or you may have grown up using their books in school.
However, you may not be aware that we are excited to have you and listen
to some of the ideas you have to share with us. We have a strong tradition
of working with our students on various projects, thus creating the next
gener To
advance learning, create knowledge and foster innovation for the
Given the various social crises in Jamaica and the rest of the Caribbean,
there are no debates surrounding the critical importance of our
department. Our graduates have made tremendous contributions to
the development of the region and the wider world in the areas of
violence reduction, labour relations, politics, security, mental health,
and social care. We welcome your input in the sustainability of this rich
tradition of regional and international impact. But first, we start by
teaching you in an environment in which you have a voice; and can feel
free to express how you wish to shape the future. Thus, we promise
you a student-centred environment in which you are the customer; and
we hope you will see yourselves as part-owners of the academic
experience. In closing, we hope that when your journey here is
complete, and you stop to reflect, you will be able to list your studies
with us among the happy times.
Dr Herbert Gayle
98
1. The Department of Sociology, Psychology and Social Work offers BSc.

degrees and diplomas in the following areas:
Criminology (Minor)
Demography (Major and Minor)
Human Resource Development (Minor)
Labour and Employment Relations (Major)
Population and Development (Diploma)
Psychology (Major, Minor and Diploma)
Social Anthropology (Major and Minor)
Social Policy and Development (Major and Minor)
Social Psychology (Minor)
Social Work (Special)
Sociology (Major, Minor and Diploma)

Faculty Handbook as at the year in which they were accepted to the
programme.
3. Students should consult course descriptions when selecting electives.

The choice of electives should complement the major field of study.
4. Electives at Levels II and III must be from either Level II or III courses.
Level III courses may be taken in year 2 as long as the pre-requisites
have been met.
5. All courses are for 3 credits except where otherwise indicated.
6. Most Levels II and III courses have pre-requisites as you will see from the
list of courses being offered in Part V of this Handbook.
7. While double Majors are permitted, the Department prefers that
students select a single Major (and a Minor by choice). This allows a
wider choice of electives which can serve to strengthen the Major or the
Minor.
8. Where the same course is listed for both a Major and a Minor, it is
counted only ONCE therefore, an additional approved course must also
be taken to complete the required total of 60 credits at Levels II and III.
9. Students taking double Majors in Sociology and Psychology, or Sociology

and Demography, may only apply the required course, SOCI2008:
Statistics for Behavioural Sciences, to ONE of the Majors and must then
99
select an additional Level II/III course to complete the ten (10) courses
for the other Major.
10. EDRS2007: Basic Research Methods is accepted as a substitute wherever

SOCI1001: Introduction to Social Research is listed.
11. ECON1005: Introduction to Statistics is accepted as a substitute

wherever S0CI1005: Introduction to Statistics for the Behavioural
Sciences is listed.
12. The combination of PSYC1005: Research Methods in Social,

Developmental and Abnormal Psychology and PSYC1006: Research
Methods in Cognitive and Physiological Psychology are accepted as
substitutes for SOCI1001: Introduction to Social Research. This is only
their second major)
13. Coursework Guidelines
Coursework refers to pieces of assigned work during the semester. It

would usually take the form of all or some of the following: mid-
semester exam, an essay, group, individual or class presentation,
research proposal, and where necessary, labs/practicals. At the
course. On this course outline all indications of course content, due

dates for assignments, room, contact information and office hours of
lecturers must be clearly printed.
Coursework assignments should be marked and returned to students

prior to examinations. A principal objective of coursework is that
feedback can be given to each student as an aid to learning. This
distinguishes it from the conditions pertaining to the final
examination.
-
th
be no later than the 8 week of the semester, unless there is no final
examination.
-
as a method of assessment, these should be scheduled at least three
weeks apart, unless there is no final examination.
Coursework submitted after the due date will be subject to a

deduction of 5% of the coursework marks for each day late, (i.e., 1
mark out of 20 per day).
100
Exemption from a penalty will only be considered if an excuse is
submitted in writing. This will have to relate to illness (medical
certificate required), serious domestic problems and in the instance of
part time students only, significant work-related problems. In such
instances the lecturer may grant an extension for a specified period or
may refer the request for the discretion of the Head of Department
for a final decision.
Excuses must be submitted prior to the due date for submission of the
coursework.
In the event that a student has completed coursework and is excused

from sitting the final exam (illness or other special circumstances),
coursework marks may be carried over to the next available sitting of
the course. Should there be an increase in the proportion of marks
allotted for the next sitting, a further assignment may be required for
the additional marks.
In all undergraduate offerings, students must obtain at least 25% of

the marks assigned for coursework for successful completion of the
course [i.e., where 40 marks or 40% of the full course is assigned for
coursework, a minimum of 10 marks must be obtained].
In cases where a student is dissatisfied with his/her final examination

grade, the matter may be directed to the Examinations Office for a
review, re-mark or a go-through.
14. The is to be
coursework, save for when coursework consists of an invigilated

16. Anti-Requisites: These are courses that cannot be taken together for
courses in PART IV of this Handbook. For example, Psychology Majors
are not to register for SOCI1001- Introduction to Social Research
because they are required to do PSYC1005 and PSYC1006 as their first
year research courses. As a result, anywhere SOCI1001-Introduction to
101
Social Research appears as a pre-requisite, Psychology Majors can select
that course once they have the psychology equivalent.

Handbook.
102
DEMOGRAPHY (MAJOR)

6. ECON1005: Introduction to Statistics or
SOCI1005: Introductory Statistics for the Behavioural Sciences

11. SOCI2000: Classical Social Theory
12. SOCI2004: Introduction to Population
13. SOCI2005: Reproductive Health and Family Life Education
14. SOCI2007: Survey Design and Analysis
15. SOCI2008: Statistics for the Behavioural Sciences
16. SOCI2009: Statistical Computing for Social Research
17. SOCI3018: Demography I: Population, Trends and Policies
18. SOCI3021: Demography II: Demographic Techniques
19. SOCI3022: Population, Environment and Development
20. SOCI3015: Introduction to the Evaluation of Social Programmesor
SOCI3041: Introduction to Social Marketing
21-24. Plus 4 Level II Free Electives
25-30. Plus 6 Level III Free Electives
Note:
Students intending to pursue MSc.in Demography are urged to take
SOCI2006 Qualitative Methods in Sociological Research as a free elective.
103
LABOUR AND EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS (MAJOR)

3. FOUN1101: Caribbean Civilisation
5. FOUN1013: Critical Reading and Writing in the Social
SciencesorFOUN1019: Critical Reading and Writing in the
Disciplines (Yearlong)
6. ACCT1003: Introduction to Cost and Managerial Accounting or
ACCT1005: Financial Accounting
7. SOCI1005: Introductory Statistics for the Behavioural Sciencesor
ECON1005:Introduction to Statistics
8. GOVT1000: Introduction to Political Institutions and Analysisor
GOVT1008:Introduction to International Relations
9. PSYC1002: Intro to Industrial & Organisational Psychology or
PSYC1000: Intro to Developmental, Social & Abnormal Psychology
10. ECON1000: Principles of Economics I or
ECON1012: Principles of Economics II

14. SOCI3026: Sociology of Development
15. MGMT3018: Industrial Relations
16. MGMT3017: Human Resource Management
17. MGMT3063: Labour and Employment Law
18. SOCI3008: Industrial Sociology I: Theory and Methods
19. SOCI3044: International Trade and Labour Standards
20. Plus one (1) from the following 4:
- PSYC2006: Interpersonal Dynamics
- MGMT3019: Business Negotiations
- MGMT3065: Management of Change
- GOVT2049: International Political Economy
For the purpose of selection, the Department recommends the following

Levels II and III electives for Labour and Employment Relations (Major):
HIST3021 | MGMT3022 | MGMT3019 |MGMT3021 | PSYC2006 | SOCI2001

| SOCI2000: Classical Social Theory
104
PSYCHOLOGY (MAJOR)
1. PSYC1000: Intro to Developmental, Social & Abnormal Psychology
2. PSYC1005: Psychology Laboratory Methods: Social, Abnormal and
Developmental
7. PSYC1001: Introduction to Cognitive & Physiological Psychology
8. PSYC1006: Research in Cognitive and Physiological Psychology
9. SOCI1005: Introduction to Statistics for Behavioural Sciences
10. Plus 1 Level I Free Elective (EXCEPT SOCI1001)

11. PSYC2000: Social Psychology
13. PSYC2008: Cognitive Psychology
14. PSYC2019: Experimental and Applied Psychology
15 17. Three (3) from the following 5:
- PSYC2003: Physiological Psychology
- PSYC2004: Personality Theory
- PSYC2007: Psychometrics
- PSYC2012: Developmental Psychology
18. PSYC3007: Applied Social PsychologyorPSYC3001: Social Cognition
19-21. Plus 3 Level II/III Psychology Courses
NOTE:
I. Students taking double Majors or Majors and Minors which require the
same course or courses (e.g. SOCI2008) cannot use these overlapping
courses for both Majors or both Minors. Appropriate substitute courses
must be taken in order to fulfill the requirements of both Majors and
Major/Minor combinations. For example, PSYC2000 cannot be counted
for both the Psychology (Major) and Criminology (Minor).
II. There are some out-of-Faculty and non-psychology courses which may
act as substitutes for the required courses in the Psychology Major.
PSYC1005 & PSYC1006 are accepted as a substitute where SOCI1001:
Introduction to Social Research is required. Please inquire with the
Psychology Unit Office.
105
SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY (MAJOR)

1. SOCI1006: Introduction to Anthropology
7. SOCI1002: Introduction to Sociology I*
8. SOCI1005: Introductory to Statistics for the Behavioural Sciences
9-10. Plus two (2) from the following 3*:
- HIST1801: Introduction to Archaeology
- PHIL1003: Introduction to Philosophy
- LING1401: Introduction to Language and Linguistics

13. SOCI2001: Modern Social Theory
14. SOCI2006: Qualitative Methods in Sociological Research
15. SOCI2011: Social and Cultural Anthropology
16. SOCI2018: Anthropology of Africa
17. SOCI3025: Caribbean Culture
18. SOCI3034: Anthropological Theories
19. SOCI3043: Introduction to Medical Anthropology or
SOCI2111: Anthropology of Religion
- HIST3801: Historical Archaeology
- LING2301: Sociology of Language
- LING2801: Intro to Structure and Language of Jamaica Creole
NOTE:
*Students who have been granted exemption without credit from
SOCI1002: Introduction to Sociology I should register for all three electives.
106
SOCIAL POLICY AND DEVELOPMENT (MAJOR)

3. SOCI1003: Sociology and Development
10. Plus 1 Level I Free Elective

14. SOCI2008: Statistics for the Behavioural Science
15. SOWK2004: Development of Social Policy
17-18. SOCI3045: Capstone Research Course in Social Policy and
Development(6 credits)
19. SOCI3015: Introduction to the Evaluation of Social Programmes
20. SOCI3030: Globalization and Development
107
SOCIOLOGY (MAJOR)
3. SOCI1003: Sociology & Development
- ECON1000: Principles of Economics I
- GOVT1000: Introduction to Political Institutions and Analysis
15
10. Plus 1 Level I Free Elective

16. SOCI2017: Caribbean Society or SOCI3025: Caribbean Culture
17-19. Plus 3 from the following 4:
- SOCI2004: Introduction to Population
- SOCI2009: Statistical Computing for Social Research
- SOCI3026: Sociology of Development
- SOWK2004: Development of Social Policy
20. Plus 1 Level II SOCI Elective
NOTE:
Students intending to pursue a MSc. in Sociology should select courses
relevant to the intended area of specialization.
MSc. specializations include:
- Social Policy & Administration
- Sociology of Development
15
-
Psychology courses, students should take the required Level I Psychology courses i.e.,
PSYC1001, PSYC1005 & PSYC1006 instead of electives. Summer School registration may be
required to complete the Level I requirements for double majors.
108
SOCIAL WORK (SPECIAL)
16
1. FOUN1013: Critical Reading and Writing in the Social Sciences
4. GOVT1000: Introduction to Political Analysis
5. SOWK1001: Introduction to Social Work
6. PSYC1000: Introduction to Developmental, Social & Abnormal Psychology
8. SOWK1003: Theory and Practice of Social Work I
10. SOCI1005: Introduction to Statistics for Behavioural Sciences
11. SOWK1010: Social Work Practicum I

12. SOWK2021: Human Behaviour in the Social Environment I
13. SOWK2022: Human Behaviour in the Social Environment II
14. SOWK2009: Practice Skills Lab I
16. SOWK2001: Law and the Human Services
17. SOWK2002: Theory and Practice of Social Work II
19. PSYC2002: Abnormal Psychology
20. SOWK2005: Organization and Administration of Social Services
21. SOWK2003: Social Work Theory and Practice III
22. SOWK2008: Social Work Practicum II
23. SOCI3045: Capstone Research Course in Social Policy &
17
Development (SOWK3000: Social Work Research Paper will not be
offered in 2022/23)
24. SOWK3030: Theory and Practice of Social Work: Case Work
25. SOWK3009: Theory & Practice of Social Work: Community Organization
26. SOWK3010: Theory & Practice of Social Work: Applied Social Group Work
27. SOWK3017: Social Work Practicum III (Incl. Supervision Module) (6 credits)
28. SOWK3020: Social Planning and Project Design or
SOWK3028: Social Work in Schools
29-31. Three (3) Level II/III Free Electives
NOTE: The Social Work practicum places students on working assignments

in a selection of social work and social service agencies. Students must meet
the requirement for placement. Year I practicum comprises 165 hours while
Years II and III involve 266 and 320 hours of practicum time, respectively.
16
Part-time students must take PSYC1000, SOCI1002, SOWK1001, FOUN1013 (or FOUN1019),
SOWK1010 and SOWK1003 in the first year of their programme.
17
SOCI3045 and SOWK3000 are both year-long and carry 6 credits.
109
CRIMINOLOGY (MINOR)
Level I
Students pursuing Criminology as a minor must complete the Level I pre-
requisites for the Five (5) courses selected at Levels II/III.

1. GOVT2011: Criminal Justice Systems
2. SOCI3032: Criminology I
3. SOCI3036: Criminology II: Police and Society
4. Plus one (1) elective from the following 6:
- GOVT2010: Delinquency & Juvenile Justice
- SOWK2006: Caribbean Social Issues
- SOCI3046: Theory and Practice of Restorative Justice I
5. And one (1) elective from the following 6:
- GOVT3010: Punishment and Corrections
- GOVT3011: Violence and Development
- SOCI3047: Theory and Practice of Restorative Justice II
- SOWK3015: Drugs and Society
- SOWK3020: Social Planning and Project Design
DEMOGRAPHY (MINOR)
Level I
Students pursuing Demography as a Minor must complete the Level I pre-
requisites for the five (5) courses selected at Levels II/III.

NOTE:Demography (Minor): Students who have taken any of the above

courses as a requirement for a Major in another discipline should substitute
that course with one of the following: SOCI3041, SOCI2005, or SOCI3022.
Students intending to pursue the MSc. Demography degree are strongly
urged to register for SOCI2000 and SOCI2006.
110
HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT (MINOR)
Level I
Students pursuing a Human Resource Development (Minor) must complete
the Level I pre-requisites for the five (5) courses selected at Levels II/III.

3. PSYC2006: Interpersonal Dynamics
4. PSYC3010: Applied Group Dynamics
- EDTL2807: Adult as Learners
- EDTL3807: Experiential Learning
- MGMT3017: Human Resource Management
- MGMT3018: Industrial Relations
- MGMT3061: Team Building & Management
- MGMT3021: Organization Theory and Design
NOTE: Students pursuing a Major in Psychology should not do this Minor.
PSYCHOLOGY (MINOR)
Level I
Students pursuing a Psychology (Minor) must complete the Level I pre-
requisites for the five (5) courses selected at Levels II/III.

1-4.Four (4) from the following 6:
- PSYC2005: Introduction to Health Psychology
5.Plus one (1) from the following 3:
- PSYC2008: Cognitive Psychology
- PSYC3001 : Social Cognition
- PSYC3007: Applied Social Psychology
111
SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY (MINOR)
Level I
Students pursuing a Social Anthropology (Minor) must complete the Level I
pre-requisites for the five (5) courses selected at Levels II/III. It is also
recommended that students take SOCI1006.

1. SOCI2011: Social and Cultural Anthropology
2. SOCI2006: Qualitative Methods in Sociological Research*
3. SOCI3034: Anthropological Theories
4. SOCI3025: Caribbean Culture
- SOCI2018: Anthropology of Africa
- SOCI2020: Identity and Conduct in the Dancehall Culture
- SOCI2111: Anthropology of Religion
- SOCI3043: Introduction to Medical Anthropology
- SOWK3009: Theory and Practice of Social Work: Community
Organization
NOTE:
*Students who have taken SOCI2006, as a requirement for the Sociology
major, should select two of the listed Anthropology electives.
SOCIAL POLICY AND DEVELOPMENT (MINOR)
Level I
Students pursuing a Social Policy and Development (Minor) must complete
the Level I pre-requisites for the five (5) courses selected at Levels II/III.

2. SOWK3020: Social Planning and Project Design
4. SOCI3030: Globalization and Development
5. And one (1) Elective from the following:
- SOWK2005: Organization and Administration of Social Services
- SOWK3014: Administrative Process in Social Agencies
112
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY (MINOR)
Level I
Students pursuing a Social Psychology (Minor) must complete the Level I
pre-requisites for the five (5) courses selected at Levels II/III.

2. PSYC2004: Personality Theory
3. PSYC3001: Social Cognition
4. PSYC3007: Applied Social Psychology
- PSYC2006: Interpersonal Dynamics
- PSYC3010: Applied Group Dynamics
SOCIOLOGY (MINOR)
Level I
Students pursuing a Sociology (Minor) must complete the Level I pre-
requisites for the five (5) course selected at Levels II/III.

4. SOCI2017: Caribbean Society or SOCI3025: Caribbean Culture
5. SOCI3042: Race, Ethnicity and National Identities in the Caribbeanor an
approved Level II/III Sociology Elective
113
UNDERGRADUATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES
The class of diploma to be awarded shall be determined on the basis of
performance in the Level II and III courses taken:
For Distinction: 7 courses with a Grade of A and good supporting grades

For Honours: 7 courses with a Grade of B+ and good supporting grades
For a Pass: 5 courses with a Grade of B.
POPULATION AND DEVELOPMENT (UNDERGRADUATE DIPLOMA)
Level I
Students pursuing the Diploma in Population and Development must
complete the Level I pre-requisites for the courses selected at Levels II/III.
The pre-requisites include: SOCI1001, SOCI1002, SOCI1003, and SOCI1005.

2. SOCI2005: Reproductive Health and Family Life Education
3. SOCI2008: Statistics for Behavioural Sciences
5. SOCI3022: Population, Environment and Development
9-10. Plus two (2) from the following 7:
- SOCI2006: Qualitative Methods in Sociological Research
- SOCI3015: Introduction to the Evaluation of Social Programme
- SOCI3024: Population and Social Policy
- SOCI3041: Introduction to Social Marketing
- SOWK2107: Health, Society & the Human Services
NOTE: In order to be awarded the Diploma in Population and

Development, students are required to pass all ten courses. Where
students have failed less than four of the ten courses they will be allowed
one chance to re-sit exams to qualify for the Diploma.
114
PSYCHOLOGY (UNDERGRADUATE DIPLOMA)
The Psychology Diploma Programme is designed to provide students
withknowledge in a range of psychology fields; preparatory research skills
for graduate level training; and exposure to both practical and theoretical
applications of psychology
Level I
Prior to entry, all applicants must have completed the following
introductory courses or their equivalent: PSYC1000, PSYC1001, PSYC1005,
PSYC1006, SOCI1002, SOCI1005. If a student is accepted in the diploma
programme without having the introductory courses, these must be
completed during the first and/or second semester of the programme.

2. PSYC2008: Cognitive Psychology
3. PSYC2019: Experimental and Applied Psychology
5-7. Any three (3) from the following:
- PSYC2005: Introduction to Health Psychology
- PSYC2007: Psychometrics
8. PSYC3001: Social Cognitionor PSYC3007: Applied Social Psychology
9-10. PSYC3011: Psychology Research Paper (6 credits) or any two (2)
Level II/III Psychology electives.
115
SOCIOLOGY (UNDERGRADUATE DIPLOMA)
Level I
Students intending to apply for the MSc. Sociology should take any
prerequisite undergraduate courses in the field which they intend to apply,
Do note that Level I
courses such as SOCI1001, SOCI1002, SOCI1005 all carry different streams;
which includes evening classes.

6. SOCI2009: Statistical Computing for Social Researchor
PSYC2007: Psychometrics
7. SOCI2017: Caribbean Society
- PSYC3007: Applied Social Psychology
- SOWK2005: Organizational and Administration of Social Services
9-10. And two (2) from the following 9:
- SOCI3032: Criminology I
- SOCI2011: Social and Cultural Anthropology
- SOCI3026: Sociology of Development I
- SOCI3025: Caribbean Culture
- SOCI3008: Industrial Sociology I: Theory and Methods
- SOCI3042: Race, Ethnicity & National Identities in the Caribbean
- PSYC3001: Social Cognition
116
COURSE OFFERING: DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY, PSYCHOLOGY & SOCIAL WORK
PSYCHOLOGY
PSYC1000 Introduction to Developmental, 1&2 None

Social & Abnormal Psychology
PSYC1001 Introduction to Cognitive and 2 None
Physiological Psychology
PSYC1002 Introduction to Industrial & 2 None
Organizational Psychology
PSYC1005 Psychology Laboratory Methods: 1 Psychology Majors only
Social, Abnormal &
Developmental
PSYC1006 Research in Cognitive and 2 PSYC1005
Physiological Psychology Psychology Majors only
PSYC2000 Social Psychology 1&2 PSYC1000, SOCI1002
PSYC2002 Abnormal Psychology 1&2 PSYC1000
PSYC2003 Physiological Psychology 1 PSYC1001
PSYC2004 Personality Theory 1&2 PSYC1000
PSYC2005 Introduction to Health 1 PSYC1000, PSYC1001,

Psychology SOCI1005
PSYC2006 Interpersonal Dynamics 1&2 PSYC1000
PSYC2007 Psychometrics 2 PSYC1000 & PSYC1001,

PSYC1005 & PSYC1006,
co- or pre-requisite
SOCI2008
(Psychology Majors only)
PSYC2008 Cognitive Psychology 2 PSYC1001
PSYC2012 Developmental Psychology 1&2 PSYC1000
PSYC2017 Political Psychology 2 None
PSYC2019 Experimental and Applied 2 PSYC1005, PSYC1006 &

Psychology SOCI1005
PSYC3001 Social Cognition 2 PSYC2000
PSYC3007 Applied Social Psychology 1 PSYC2000
PSYC3008 Elements of Counseling and 1 PSYC2004, pre or co-

Psychotherapy requisite PSYC2005,
PSYC2002 (PSYC Majors
and SOWK students only)
application process
applies
117
PSYC3009 Counseling Practicum 2 PSYC3008 (application
process applies)
PSYC3010 Applied Group Dynamics 2 PSYC2006
PSYC3011 Research Paper in Psychology 1&2 PSYC2019, SOCI2008,
(Year-long) SOCI2007 or SOCI2006;
Finalizing PSYC Majors or
approved PSYC Diploma
students only
PSYC3027 Behaviour Management 1&2 PSYC2002 & PSYC2005
SOCIOLOGY
SOCI1001 Introduction to Social Research 1&2 None
(Anti-requisite:EDRS2007)
SOCI1002 Introduction to Sociology I 1&2 None
SOCI1003 Sociology and Development 1&2 None
SOCI1005 Introductory Statistics for the 1&2 None

Behavioural Sciences
SOCI1006 Introduction to Anthropology 1 None
SOCI2000 Classical Social Theory 1 SOCI1002
SOCI2001 Modern Social Theory 2 SOCI2000

SOCI2004 Introduction to Population 1&2 None
SOCI2005 Reproductive Health and Family 2 SOCI2004 (co-requisite)

Life Education
SOCI2006 Qualitative Methods in 1&2 SOCI1002 & SOCI1001
Sociological Research
SOCI2007 Survey Design and Analysis 1&2 SOCI1002, SOCI1001,
SOCI1005 or ECON1005
SOCI2008 Statistics for the Behavioural 1&2 SOCI1002, SOCI1001 &
Sciences SOCI1005 or ECON1005
SOCI2009 Statistical Computing for Social 2 SOCI2008
Research
SOCI2011 Social and Cultural Anthropology 1 SOCI1002 or SOCI1006
SOCI2017 Caribbean Society: Continuity 1 SOCI1002

and Change
SOCI2018 Anthropology of Africa 2 SOCI1002 or SOCI1006
SOCI2020 Identity and Conduct in the 1 None
Dancehall Culture
SOCI2111 Anthropology of Religion 1 SOCI1002 or SOCI1006
118
SOCI3001 Thought and Action in Africa of 1 None
the Diaspora
SOCI3004 Tourism and Development 1 SOCI1001 (or
PSYC1005/PSYC1006) &
SOCI1002
SOCI3008 Industrial Sociology 1: Theory 1 SOCI1002
and Methods
SOCI3011 Sociology Research Paper 2 SOCI2008, SOCI2007,
SOCI2009, (Sociology
Majors only)
SOCI3015 Introduction to the Evaluation 2 SOCI1002, SOCI1001 (OR
of Social Programmes PSYC1005/PSYC1006) &
SOCI1005
SOCI3018 Demography I: Population, 1 SOCI2004
Trends and Policies
SOCI3021 Demography II: Demographic 2 SOCI3018
Techniques
SOCI3022 Population, Environment and 2 SOCI2004 (Co-requisite)
Development
SOCI3024 Population & Social Policy Not SOCI1001, SOCI1002,
Offered SOCI2004 & SOCI3018
SOCI3025 Caribbean Culture 1&2 None
SOCI3026 Sociology of Development 1&2 SOCI1002 & SOCI1003
SOCI3027 Gender and Development 1&2 Any 2 Social Sciences

courses
SOCI3030 Globalization and Development 2 SOCI3026
SOCI3031 Sex, Gender & Society 2 SOCI1002

SOCI3032 Criminology I 1&2 SOCI1002 or GOVT1000
SOCI3034 Anthropological Theories 2 SOCI2011 & SOCI1006
SOCI3036 Criminology II: Police and 1& 2 SOCI3032
Society
SOCI3040 Sociology of Families 2 SOCI1002
SOCI3041 Introduction to Social Marketing 2 None
SOCI3042 Race, Ethnicity and National 2 None
Identities in the Caribbean
SOCI3043 Introduction to Medical 2 SOCI1002 or SOCI1006
Anthropology
SOCI3044 International Trade and Labour 2 SOCI1002 AND/OR
Standards SOCI1003
SOCI3045 Capstone Research Course in 1&2 SOWK2004, SOCI3026
Social Policy and Development Social Policy Majors
SOCI3046 Theory and Practice of 1 SOCI3032
Restorative Justice I
119
SOCI3047 Theory and Practice of 2 SOCI3046
Restorative Justice II
SOCIAL WORK
SOWK1001 Introduction to Social Work 1 None
SOWK1003 Theory and Practice of Social 2 SOWK1001

Work I
SOWK1010 Social Work Practicum I 2 SOWK 1001Social Work
students only. Lecturer
permission required.
SOWK2001 Law and the Human Services 1 None
SOWK2002 Theory and Practice of Social 1 SOWK1001, SOWK1010

Work II & SOWK1003
SOWK2003 Theory and Practice of Social 2 SOWK2002
Work III
SOWK2004 Development of Social Policy 1&2 SOCI1002
SOWK2005 Organization and 2 SOWK1001, SOWK1003,

Administration of Social SOWK2004 or SOWK2001
Services SOWK2004 or
SOWK2002, SOWK2004
SOWK2006 Caribbean Social Issues 1&2 SOCI1002
SOWK2007 Disability Studies 1 SOCI1001 (or

PSYC1005/PSYC1006)&
SOCI1002
SOWK2008 Social Work Practicum II 2 SOWK1001,SOWK1010,
SOWK2002, SOWK2003
SOWK2009 Social Work Practice Skills Lab 2 SOWK1001 & SOWK1010
SOWK2021 Human Behaviour in the Social 2 SOCI1002 & PSYC1000

Environment I
SOWK2022 Human Behaviour in the Social 2 SOWK2021
Environment II
SOWK2107 Health, Society and the 2 SOCI1002
Human Services
SOWK3000 Social Work Research Paper Not SOCI1001,
(Students should register for offered SOWK2004,SOCI2008
SOCI3045 instead)
SOWK3009 Theory and Practice of Social 1 SOCI1001, SOCI1002,
Work: Community SOWK 2003
Organization
SOWK3010 Theory and Practice of Social 1 SOWK2002 &
Work: Applied Social Group SOWK2003
Work
120
SOWK3028 Social Work in Schools 2 Lecturer s Approval
Required
SOWK3014 Administrative Process in 2 SOWK2005
Social Agencies
SOWK3015 Drugs and Society 2 None
SOWK3017 Social Work Practicum III 1&2 SOWK2002, SOWK2003

& SOWK2008
SOWK3020 Social Planning and Project 1&2 SOCI1002,(SOWK2004
Design or PSYC2000 or
GEND2001)
SOWK3030 Theory and Practice of Social 1 SOWK2002 & SOWK2003
Work: Case Work
121
UWI CENTRE FOR DISABILITY STUDIES
Message from the Director
Let me take this opportunity to welcome you to the most prestigious

tertiary institution in the Caribbean; recently ranked by Times Higher
Education among the top 1.5% of universities in the world. You are destined
for greatness and you have chosen the right institution to assist you along
that journey. The UWI Mona in general and the UWI Centre for Disability
Studies (UWICDS) specifically, have the right professionals to offer you the
best learning experience on issues relating to persons with disabilities in the
Caribbean.
Established in 2009, the mission of the UWICDS is to drive research,

training, advocacy and public education issues relating to persons with
disabilities in the Caribbean. We pride ourselves as an institution with a
chernozem of information on persons with disabilities. Through our
research, training, advocacy and public education, we have seen a more
data driven focus to public policy formulation on issues relating to members
of this vulnerable community. Our recently published Regional Disability
Index (RDI) which ranks countries in the Caribbean in terms of their efforts
to implement the provisions of the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons
with Disabilities (CRPD) is a perfect example of our high quality research on
the subject of disability. Students at the UWI continue to look towards the
UWICDS for guidance in their research on this burgeoning subject.
As governments within the Caribbean implement a plethora of legislation

and policies to protect and empower persons with disabilities, there is an
urgent need for trained professionals who have a pellucid understanding of
persons with disabilities. Recognizing this national and regional imperative,
the UWICDS has moved to capitalize on this situation. Since September
2019, we have been offering three courses that equip and strengthen the
marketability of our graduates through academic exposures which will place
them on the cutting edge in the labour market where persons with
disabilities are concerned. Understanding Persons with Disabilities
(DBST1000); Disability, Law and Society (DBST2000) and Disability and
122
Development (DBST3000) are courses that will give you an intricate
understanding of the subject of disability and will prepare you for the
tremendous employment opportunities as governments execute their new
disability plans.
We are confident that your association with us will enrich your university
experience. You will get the opportunity to interact with persons with
disabilities, including Senator Dr. Floyd Morris, who is the first blind person
to sit in the Parliament of Jamaica and ultimately became President of that
noble institution.
Knowledge is power and the UWI and all its departments, centres and
institutes are all equipped with lots of it and this will result in you becoming
a powerful individual. Take use of these opportunities and enjoy your
university experience. The sky is the limit.
Senator Floyd Morris, PhD
COURSE OFFERING: CENTRE FOR DISABILITY STUDIES
DISABILITY STUDIES
Code Course Title Sem. Pre-requisite
DBST1000 Understanding Persons with 1&2 None

Disabilities
DBST2000 Disability, Law and Society 1&2 DBST1000 or SOCI1002
DBST3000 Disability and Development 2 DBST1000 or SOCI1002
123
WESTERN JAMAICA CAMPUS
MONTEGO BAY
Message from the Campus Director
The UWI Mona Western Jamaica Campus is a uniquely bold and

transformative experience within the Mona higher educational system. A
major part of that distinctive character is fulfilled through the carefully
selected suite of academic programmes and faculty located within the
Faculty of Social Sciences (FSS). Both the WJC and the FSS are committed to
a process of student engagement that places high premium on ensuring
quality outcome from all its stakeholders.
At the UWI Mona WJC we go above and beyond to ensure and sustain the
highest standards of teaching and learning, to promote and engage faculty
and students in impact research, and to develop and safeguard
transformational community outreach and enterprise. We stand boldly with
those who strive to reach beyond expectations in their consistent quest to
build a culture of success for students, faculty and staff.
This year will mark the 15th year of UWI Mona in Western Jamaica. This is a
significant milestone for the University, the city of Montego Bay, and to the
people of Western Jamaica. As we celebrate the success of our graduates
and recognize their positive impact on our society we must also
acknowledge the incredible contribution made by the Faculty of Social
Sciences to this legacy.
As an FSS student at WJC the expectation is that you will be an active

participant in the opportunities created for study and service to your
campus and your community. In every area of your study there is an
opportunity for you to be engaged in changing lives and transforming our
communities. We encourage you to be bold and creative, and to develop an
appreciation for what it means to become an activist graduate of the
University of the West Indies.
Our commitment to you is an experience grounded in innovation and

resilience and to help you develop the skills set that will make you a
124
transformative and confident human being ready to join the ranks of
success in a globally competitive, culturally diverse, and technologically
agile world.
Bolder and Stronger Together.
Dr. Patrick W. Prendergast
PROGRAMME INFORMATION AND GUIDELINES
1. Thefollowing FSS undergraduate degrees are offered at The UWI, Mona

-Western Jamaica Campus:
Accounting (Major and Minor)
Economics (Minor)
Entrepreneurship (Major)
Finance (Major)
Human Resource Management (Major)
International Relations (Major and Minor)
Management Studies (Major and Minor)
Marketing (Major)
Operations Management (Major)
Political Leadership, Strategy and Management (Major and Minor)
Political Sciences (Minor)
Psychology (Major)
Tourism Management (Major)

programme.
3. Please note that students may also be allowed to complete the first year
of any Faculty of Social Sciences B.Sc. Programme (except B.Sc. Social
Work) at the Western Jamaica Campus, and then transfer to the Mona
Campus for the remainder of the programme.
4. Students may download a copy of the Undergraduate Coursework

Accountability Statement from the FSS website, which is to be attached
to the front of any document submitted as a component of coursework
save for when coursework consists of an invigilated examination. Where
the submission is entirely in electronic form, the student shall make an
equivalent declaration electronically.

125
See page 30, section 6 for details

ACCOUNTING (MAJOR)
See page 80 for Programme Requirements
BANKING AND FINANCE (MAJOR)

ENTREPRENEURSHIP (MAJOR)
FINANCE (MAJOR)
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (MAJOR)

INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS (MAJOR)

MANAGEMENT STUDIES (MAJOR)

MARKETING (MAJOR)
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT (MAJOR)

POLITICAL LEADERSHIP, STRATEGY AND MANAGEMENT (MAJOR)

PSYCHOLOGY (MAJOR)
TOURISM MANAGEMENT (MAJOR)

FINANCE (MAJOR)
126

17. ECON3103: International Finance
20. MGMT3048: Financial Management II
21-30. Plus 10 Levels II/III Electives
ACCOUNTING (MINOR)
ECONOMICS (MINOR)
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS (MINOR)

MANAGEMENT STUDIES (MINOR)

POLITICAL LEADERSHIP, STRATEGY AND MANAGEMENT (MINOR)

127
PART V
Programme Requirements
ANTI-REQUISITE COURSES
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
128
ANTI-REQUISITE COURSES
Students pursuing programmes/courses within the Faculty should take note

of the following anti-requisites.
These are courses that CANNOT BE TAKEN TOGETHER FOR CREDIT.
ACCT2017 with HOTL2021

ACCT2019 with ACCT2014
ECON1001 with ECON1000 or ECON1012
ECON1003 with MATH0100& MATH0110
ECON1005 with SOCI1005 or STAT1001
ECON1004 with MATH1142
ECON2000 with MGMT2020
ECON2007 with ECON2008 orSTAT2001 orSTAT3001
ECON2008 with STAT2001 or SOCI2008
ECON2009 with STAT3001
ECON2010 with SOCI2009
ECON2014 withSOCI2007
ECON2020 with ECON2021
GOVT3051 with GOVT3056
MGMT2004 with HOTL2016 or EDTK2025
MGMT2008 with MGMT2008 (HM222)
MGMT2029with HM220 or LANG3101 or MGMT1002
MKTG2001 with EDCE2025
MGMT3017 with HOSP2023
MGMT3016 with MGMT3058
MGMT3046 with LAW3110
SOCI1001 with EDRS2007or PSYC1005 & PSYC1006
129
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
NOTE: Each course has a weighting of 3 credits unless otherwise specified.
ACCT1003: INTRODUCTION TO COST & MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING

This course sensitizes students to cost and management accounting theory
and practice. With emphasis on the concepts and procedures of product
costing and strategies that help the manager to perform the functions of
planning and decision-making.
ACCT1005: FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING

This course introduces students to the fundamental accounting principles,
practices and procedures necessary for the recording and reporting of
financial data within a business entity. It also examines how the reported
results of the entity are analyzed.
Objectives:
i. To acquaint students with the main principles and concepts
underlying the recording and reporting of financial data
ii. To introduce the procedures and techniques involved in the
recording and reporting of financial data
iii. To explain the procedures and techniques involved in the analysis of
the financial accounts of a business entity.
ACCT2014: FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING I

This course involves the study of accounting theory and practice from the
perspective of both preparers
and problem-solving ability which are required in the accounting process
and the preparation and analysis of financial statements. Emphases are on
the basics of accounting and on accounting for most assets.
Objectives:
i. To enable students to comprehend and evaluate the conceptual
framework which underlies accounting methods and reports
ii. To provide students with the knowledge of accounting practice
iii. To discuss the disclosure of financial accounting information for
reporting purposes.
ACCT2015: FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING II

A continuation of Intermediate Accounting I, the course further develops
-solving ability which are required in
the accounting process and the preparation and analysis of financial
statements. Emphases are on accounting for equity and other dimensions
of accounting and financial reporting including emerging issues and future
directions.
130
Objectives:
i.
the conceptual framework which underlies accounting methods and
reports
ii. To provide students with a more complete understanding and
knowledge of current accounting practice
iii. To discuss current issues and future directions related to the
disclosure of financial accounting information for reporting purposes.
ACCT2017: MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING I

This is the first of a two-semester programme in management accounting.
This course seeks to provide an in-depth understanding of:
(a) the conceptual issues and techniques used in the design of cost
accounting information systems
(b) the use of costing information for managerial decision-making and
business strategy in both manufacturing and service firms.
An important feature of the course is its emphasis on cost analysis and the
preparation of managerial reports.
The topics include:

- Review of cost concepts and manufacturing accounts;
- Cost accounting information systems;
- Absorption and direct costing;
- Actual, normal and standard costing;
- Job order costing for manufacturing and services;
- Process costing;
- Accounting for spoilage and rework;
- Joint and by-product costing;
- Cost allocation; Operations and back-flush costing;
- Cost estimation;
- Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis.
ACCT2019: FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGERS

This course looks at accounting theory and practice from the perspective of
cal and
problem-solving abilities with regards to the accounting process and the
preparation and analysis of financial statements.
ACCT3039: MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING II

Cost management concepts, models and strategies. This is the second of a
two-semester programme in management accounting. This course seeks to
provide further analysis of the critical role of management accounting
concepts, models and information systems in the development and
implementation of competitive strategy. The course will examine:
i. costing models for pricing,
131
ii. managerial costing systems, including budgeting and performance
measurement
iii. reporting systems and profitability analysis of customers and
strategic business segments.
The course will make extensive use of readings and cases, including:
- Strategic Management Accounting and Competitive Strategy in a
Dynamic, Global Business Environment
- Value Chain Analysis and Process Value Analysis
- Activity Based Costing
- Accounting for Quality Costs and Life Cycle Costing
- Cost Management Strategies
- Pricing Management Control Systems
- Organization Culture and Organization Learning
- Traditional Budgeting Systems and Practices including Management
and Budgeting
- Responsibility Accounting, Performance Measurement and Reporting
Systems, including Productivity Measurement
- Transfer Pricing.
ACCT3041: ADVANCED FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING

This course deals with advanced accounting concepts, practices and
procedures. It targets primarily persons pursuing professional studies in
accounting and prepares students for work at the most advanced level of
accounting
ACCT3043: AUDITING I
This course facilitates a thorough comprehension of the methodology and
techniques of modern auditing; examines the role of auditors and provides
an understanding of the legal, regulatory, professional and ethical
environment in which auditors operate. The auditing standards will be
examined with applications of Jamaican cases to demonstrate relevant
principles and issues.
ACCT3044: AUDITING II
This course builds on the fundamentals of auditing theory and practice. It
covers the management of the audit process including quality control of
audits, and international standards on auditing. It focuses heavily on the
application of the theory on how to conduct the audit process.
ACCT3064: FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS

This course provides a guide to interpreting financial statements and the
use of financial information. It demonstrates how to effectively and
132
investment decisions.
DBST1000: Understanding Persons with Disabilities

This course provides students with the opportunity to understand some of
the big issues facing persons with disabilities, governments, and societies.
Students will explore human rights approaches to disability and critically
examine the concepts of inclusion, access and support. Students will also
learn about disability politics and policy, advocacy and activism, and
understand how to work with Persons with Disabilities (PWDs) at multiple
levels to enable a good life for all.
DBST2000: Disability, Law and Society

In this course, students will be introduced to how the legislative
environment is being shaped to improve the social, political and economic
landscape for persons with disabilities. Students will learn of the different
international, regional and local treaties and legislation that have been
formulated to protect the rights of persons with disabilities. Specifically, the
United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities, the
Declaration of Petion Ville, the Kingston Accord and the Disabilities Act of
2014 will be thoroughly interrogated. This course fits within the
developmental imperatives of the Caribbean and will contribute to the
benefit of the students and Caribbean societies, and improving the quality
of life of persons with disabilities.
DBST3000: Disability and Development

This course discusses issues relating to the socio-economic factors that are
fundamental to the advancement of persons with disabilities. They will
learn about theories of economic development; the relationship of
development to persons with disabilities; the relationship of international
conventions on the rights of persons with disabilities to strategic
development goals; the role of multi-lateral, bi-lateral and Non-
Governmental Organizations in the development agenda for persons with
disabilities; and the role of modern technologies in the empowerment of
persons with disabilities. The course will serve to educate future
policymakers and managers within the Caribbean of the developmental
needs and rights of persons with disabilities that must be embraced in
order to realize the objectives of the Convention on the Rights of Persons
with Disabilities and the Sustainable Development Goals.
ECON1000: PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I

The objective of the course is to introduce both economics majors and non-
majors to the basic tools and concepts of economics. Students will be
exposed to the core economic principles the basic ideas that underlie how
133
economists interpret the world. The course will also introduce the toolkit of
methods used by economists. Thus, the course covers how markets work
decisions. Finally, the course applies these tools and concepts to explain
economic phenomena such as economic growth, inflation and the over-
exploitation of natural resources.
At the end of this course students will be able to engage the core principles
of the methodology of economics in everyday use, evidenced by an ability
to assess and interpret public issues and events with the mindset of the
economist.
Outline: Introduction to the Study of Economics, Fundamental: an Intuitive
Measuring and Counting Economic Variables, and the World around Us:
Examples of Economic Applications.
ECON1003: MATHEMATICS FOR SOCIAL SCIENCES I
mathematics and to expose them to some of the mathematical concepts

and techniques that are required to study mathematical models in
economics and the management sciences. Emphasis will be placed on the
understanding of important concepts and developing analytical skills rather
than just computational skills, the use of algorithms and the manipulation
of formulae.
Outline: Remainder and Factor Theorems; Graphs of Functions; Systems of

Inequalities; Complex Numbers; Theory of Logarithms and Exponential
Functions; Matrix Algebra - Matrix Solution of Linear Systems of Equations
in two and three variables; Sequences and Series; Limits; Continuity;
Concept of Derivative; Rules of Differentiation; Applications of
Differentiation - Maxima and Minima; Vertical and Horizontal Asymptote;
Sophisticated Graphing
ECON1004: MATHEMATICS FOR SOCIAL SCIENCES II

Outline: Limits; Continuity; Trigonometric Functions; Differentiation of
Single Variable Functions; Integration and Applications; Partial
Differentiation; Applications of Partial Differentiation; Introduction to
Differential and Difference Equations.
ECON1005: INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS

This course is designed to teach students various concepts in descriptive
and inferential statistics. It is also designed to give students an introduction
to research methods.
134
Outline: Describing a data set (graphical methods, measures of central
tendency, measures of variability, measures of shape); probability and
probability distributions (sample space, probability of events, events
composition, conditionality and independence, random variables,
expectation for discrete random variables, binomial distribution, normal
distribution), sampling distributions (central limit theorem), large-sample
estimation (confidence intervals, choosing a sample size); large-sample
tests of hypotheses.
ECON1012: PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS II

The objective of this course is to take students who have had only an
intuitive and descriptive introduction to basic economic concepts and
acquaint them with the use of formal economic models at an elementary
level. The students will be introduced to simplified models for
microeconomics and macroeconomics. Under the heading of,
along with an explanation of the various types of market structures. For
growth and short run economic fluctuations.
The course bridges the gap between the conceptual introduction in

ECON1000 and the more rigorous and structured theories of the
intermediate courses offered at Level II. This course serves two purposes:
i. It provides an opportunity for the non-economics major who has
enjoyed introduction to economics in ECON1000 and wants to add
more to their knowledge of economics.
ii. It provides an upgrade path for the student who has taken
ECON1000 and wishes to major or minor in economics.
Outline:Theory ofConsumer Behaviour and Theory of Firm Behaviour,

Market Structures, Elements of Macroeconomics, and the Components of
the Macro-economy.
ECON2000: INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS I

Objective: This course presents the neoclassical theory of markets under
the assumption of perfect competition. It bases the analysis of the forces of
demand and supply on the theory of the utility maximizing consumer and
the theory of the profit-maximizing firm respectively. The emphasis is on
partial equilibrium analysis with some exposure to the method of general
equilibrium analysis.
Outline: Theory of the Consumer (Budget Constraint, Preferences, Choices,

Demand, Revealed Preference, Slutsky Equation, Endowment Effects, Inter-
temporal Choice, Uncertainty, Risky Assets, Consumer's Surplus, Market
Equilibrium, Market Demand and Elasticity, Equilibrium and Taxes).
135
ECON2001: INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS II
Intermediate Microeconomics II extends the analysis of demand and supply
to imperfectly competitive markets. The theory of distribution based on the
formation of prices on inputs is an application of demand and supply
analysis. Selected topics in market failure are also treated. The
methodology is again primarily partial equilibrium analysis with some
exposure to general equilibrium analysis.
Outline: Theory of the Firm in Imperfectly Competitive Markets, Theory of

Income Distribution, Market failure, General Equilibrium and Economic
Welfare.
ECON2002: INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS I

The purpose of this course is to present the student with a theoretical
framework within which to understand the issue of fluctuations in an
economy. The framework is quite general, and does not itself focus on any
particular economy. However, by the end of the course, you should be able
to use this theoretical framework to understand the economic issues
currently relevant to Caribbean economies, such as:1) Why did the inflation
rate in Jamaica fall so dramatically over the last five years?
2) Why are interest rates lower in the OECS (Organization of Eastern
Caribbean States) countries than they are in Jamaica and Trinidad?
3) How has Barbados managed to maintain exchange rate stability for 20
years? Equally important, by the end of the course you should have
become familiar with some of the methodologies of macroeconomic
analysis, which has broader applications outside of the issues to which we
apply them. This course does not take off immediately from where
Introduction to Macroeconomics, your first year course, ended.
Outline: A Basic Short Run Model, The Role of Financial Markets, Price
Changes and the Medium Run, Shocks and Policies and Persistent Inflation.
ECON2003: INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS II

In this course we examine in greater detail some of the topics introduced
and employed in the earlier Macroeconomic courses and the theoretical
foundations of some of these relationships, looking at each element of the
broader model in greater detail.
Outline: Consumption, Investment, the Exchange Rate and External

Balance, the Market for Money, Economic Growth.
ECON2005: SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC ACCOUNTING

Outline:The use of statistical analysis in Economics; Examples from
economics are used for implementing statistical tools such as: Sampling
136
Techniques, Regression, Index Numbers, Time Series, Forecasting, Input-
Output, National Income Accounting and other Economic Statistics.
ECON2008: STATISTICAL METHODS I

Outline: Estimation and Hypothesis Testing (Expected Value, Properties of
Estimators, Methods of Estimation, Central Limit Theorem, Distribution of
Sample Mean and Proportion, Interval Estimation, Large and Small Samples,
2
Hypothesis testing, Types of Errors, T, F and Distributions, Inferences
about Means and Proportions from two populations); Non-Parametric
Methods (Situations where NP methods are applied, Runs Test, Mann-
Whitney U-Test, Wilcoxon Signed Rank Test); Regression and Correlation
(Simple and Multiple Regression, Polynomial Regression, Simple and Partial
Correlation).
ECON2009: STATISTICAL METHODS II

Outline: Regression Analysis (Simple and Multiple Regression Analysis,
Residual Analysis, Model Selection Procedures), Time Series Analysis
(Smoothing and Decomposition Methods, Test of Randomness, Box Jenkins
Methods), Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) and Experimental Design (One-way
and Two-way Classifications, Fixed, Random and Mixed Effects Model, Latin
Squares, Simple Factorial Experiments) and Analysis of Covariance.
ECON2010: STATISTICAL COMPUTING

This is a practical course that has been designed to teach students to
perform data analysis using a variety of computer packages. SPSS will be the
main package employed. On completion, students should be able to
generate statistical formulae using computer software and to analyze and
evaluate the resultant output.
ECON2014: SAMPLING METHODS FOR BUSINESS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

Outline: Practical aspects of Sampling, Polls and Census; Types of Sampling;
Simple Random Sampling; Stratified Sampling; Systematic Sampling;
Planning and Execution of Social Sample Surveys/Censuses.
ECON2015: MATRIX ALGEBRA FOR BUSINESS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

This course provides an introduction to some of the more important topics
in the field of Matrix Algebra. Matrix Algebra has widespread applications in
the fields of Economics, Psychology and Sociology. Therefore it is essential
for students majoring in any of the aforementioned fields to have a working
knowledge of Matrix Algebra.
Outline: Systems of Linear Equations; Matrices and Matrix Algebra;
Determinants and Inverses; Vectors; Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors;
Quadratic Forms.
137
ECON2016: CALCULUS FOR SOCIAL SCIENCES
This course is a continuation of ECON1004. Differential and Integral Calculus
has widespread applications in several areas of the Social Sciences.
Therefore this course will prove invaluable to any serious social scientist.
The course covers: Optimization of Functions of n Variables;Non-Linear
Programming (Kuhn-Tucker conditions); Differential Equations; Difference
Equations; Optimal Control Theory
ECON2020: THE CARIBBEAN ECONOMY

This course seeks to introduce the student to the unique characteristics of
the Caribbean economy, highlighting the challenges faced and the
opportunities that beckon. A brief history of Caribbean economies will
precede an examination of the structure and performance of said
economies, with focus placed on crucial domestic and international issues.
The course will also highlight numerous impacts of globalization on the
small economies of the Caribbean, and will examine the challenges and
possibilities associated with economic integration in the region.
ECON2023: INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC RELATIONS I

The objective of this course is to introduce students to International
Economic Relations. Special consideration is given to the position of
developing countries in the International Economic System.
The main topics covered include: the characteristics of underdevelopment,

trade and development, economic integration, globalization and
international economic institutions.
ECON2024: INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC RELATIONS II

This course covers a range of topics relevant to the Caribbean region. These
topics include: Evolution of International Economic Relations from
Mercantilism to the present; International Monetary Arrangements; and
International Trade and Policy.
ECON2025: ECONOMICS OF SPORTS

This is a level two course that explores the analytical frameworks used by
Economists in assessing the impact and value added of sport development,
sport infrastructure and sporting events. The Economics of Sport has
become a major area of research in Economics as a complement to
research in Sport in the areas of Sociology, Anthropology and Criminology
thereby making it an important public policy issue. This course requires
students to engage the international literature with a critical eye and with a
view to assessing the various sporting events and developmental strategies
pursued within the Caribbean and more specifically in Jamaica.
ECON3003: GAME THEORY

138
Outline: Introduction to Game Theory: The Normal Form, The Extensive
Form; Static Games with Complete Information: Pure Strategy Nash
Equilibrium, Mixed Strategy Nash Equilibrium; Dynamic Games with
Complete Information: Subgame Perfect Equilibrium; Games with
Incomplete Information: Bayesian Nash Equilibrium, Perfect Bayesian Nash
Equilibrium; Applications: Oligopoly, Strategic Trade Policy, Bargaining.
ECON3005: MONETARY THEORY AND POLICY

This course is designed to cover basic materials in modern Monetary
Theory:
i. the Demand for and Supply of Money and Credit
ii. Interest Rate Theory, Inflation and Rational Expectations.
The ways in which Monetary Policy is conducted and its effect on economic
activities and the price level will also be discussed in the context of
developing countries.
ECON3006: INTERNATIONAL TRADE

This course seeks to (a) provide an introduction to International Trade and
Theory and (b) develop a critical awareness of International Trade Policy
with special reference to the less developed countries. The course
covers:The importance of international trade, The Classical model of
international trade The Heckscher-Ohlin Model, Tests of trade models,
Alternative Trade Theories, The Theory of Tariffs, Non-Tariff Trade Barriers,
Preferential trade arrangements, International Trade and Economic growth,
The World Trade Organization.
ECON3007: INTERNATIONAL FINANCE

This course deals with international finance. It covers issues concerning
balance of payments accounting, fundamental disequilibrium and theories
to resolve it, determination of exchange rate, foreign exchange markets,
policies affecting exchange rate regimes, and currency unions. Special
attention will be paid to developing countries with the CARICOM economies
as a special point of focus.
ECON3008: THE HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT

This course looks at how nations have organized, managed and used their
resources in the past. It will familiarize students with different schools of
economic thought and introduce students to the work of key players in the
history of Economics. At the end of the course students should have a
better
course will start with a look at Ancient Economic Thought, after which it will
of the classical and neo-classical economists will be explored. Challenges to

classical economics, such as Marxism and Keynesianism will be investigated.
The course also delves into the work of the Monetarists.
139
ECON3010: FINANCE AND DEVELOPMENT
This course examines the relationship between finance and economic
development. It focuses on critical issues such as:
i. The role of the financial sector in fostering economic growth and
alleviating poverty;
ii. Government policies for the financial sector and their impact on
development;
iii. The impact of financial sector crises on economic development.
Other local and international sources of finance and their impact on

development will also be examined. A key feature of this course will be a
number of guest lectures by industry experts.
ECON3011: ECONOMICS OF FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

The course examines:
i. The nature and role of financial institutions in an economy
ii. The economic and financial environment in which Financial
Institutions operate
iii. Commercial Banks (performance analysis, structure and regulation)
iv. Selected areas in the management of Commercial Banks and non-
bank Financial Intermediaries (liquidity measurement, lending
policies, investment policies, capital management, and asset and
liquidity)
v. Non-bank financial intermediaries (credit unions, building societies,
money market funds, life and non-life insurance companies, pension
funds, finance companies and investment companies).
Outline: The relationship between the financial sector and economic

growth; The role of credit unions; The role of development banks; The role
of microfinance; Financial Repression; Financial Liberalization; Financial
Regulation and Supervision; Causes and Consequences of, and Responses to
Financial Crises; Government Taxation and Borrowing; Private Portfolio
Investment.
ECON3016: PUBLIC FINANCE I

This course deals with the evolving role of government in a democratic
society. It covers market efficiency, market failures, efficiency and equity or
fundamentals of welfare economics; public goods and publicly provided
private goods, public mechanisms for allocating resources, alternatives for
determining public goods expenditures, externalities and the environment
and cost-benefit analysis.
ECON3030: SELECTED TOPICS IN ECONOMICS
140
This is a final year elective that will expose students in their final semester
to specially chosen topic in economics. Each year, the topics covered within
the module are likely to change to reflect the heterogeneity of specialist
research interests of teaching staff, the changing issues within the discipline
and the changing topics taught elsewhere within the Economics degree
programmes. In doing this, the module aims to provide students with an
opportunity to study a variety of topics drawn from the broad field of
economics. In selecting topics, the main criteria will include: (i) scope for
the topic to provide a context in which, through application, students can
begin to develop their understanding of key concepts in economics and
econometrics, (ii) importance of the topic within the general field of
Economics, (iii) policy relevance of the topic, (iv) complementing topics
covered elsewhere within the degree programmes.
ECON3031: PROBABILITY AND DISTRIBUTION THEORY FOR BUSINESS AND

SOCIAL SCIENCES
Outline: Concepts (classical probability, mathematical and empirical
concepts of probability in terms of set theory concepts of events (mutually
exclusive, conditional, independent etc.), axioms and rules of probability -
Baye's theorem etc. Mathematical expectation (random variables,
expectations, probability frequency function, probability density functions,
joint density function, moments and moment generating function,
(discrete uniform distribution, binomial distribution, hypergeometric

distribution, family of exponential distributions, normal distribution and
normal approximation to the binomial distribution etc.); sampling
distributions t, chi-square and F distributions - applications).
ECON3032: STATISTICAL ESTIMATION AND INFERENCE FOR BUSINESS AND

SOCIAL SCIENCES
Outline: Concepts of estimation, estimate and estimator - point estimate
and interval estimation - desirable properties of a point estimator;
estimation theory (mathematical definition/ concept of desirable properties
of the estimators (techniques of estimation of parameters, method of
moments, method of maximum likelihood and Minimum Variance Unbiased
(MVU) estimators Cramer-Rao inequality etc., confidence intervals for the
mean, variance and differences between means etc. - applications;
hypothesis testing (basic concepts in hypothesis testing type I and type II
errors, level of significance etc., Neyman-Pearson lemma - Power function
of a test, likelihood ratio tests - Application in terms of normal, t, F and Chi-
square tests etc. - Sequential analysis; regression and correlation
(estimation in linear, bivariate and multiple regression - Least squares
estimation - method of estimation of correlation coefficients.
141
ECON3034: ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS
This course addresses issues by examining the underlying theories and the
tools of environmental economics that can be used to effectively guide
policymakers in dealing with environmental challenges. Specifically, from
the very onset, it synchronizes classroom learning with what exists in the
real world and also considers the multidisciplinary aspects of environmental
problems, which makes it an exciting venture.
ECON3037: OPERATIONS RESEARCH

Outline: Constrained and Unconstrained Static Optimization, Linear
Programming-Graphical Method, Simplex Method, Two-Phase Method,
Dual Simplex Method, Linear Programming Models: Transport, Assignment;
Advanced Linear Programming: Revised Simplex Method, Network Theory,
Queuing Theory.
ECON3040: NON-PARAMETRIC STATISTICS FOR BUSINESS AND SOCIAL

SCIENCES
Outline: Non-parametric Estimation and Tests of Hypothesis (the Binomial
Test and Estimation of p, Order Statistics, the Quantile Test and Estimation
of xp, the Sign Test, Variations of the Sign Test); Contingency Tables - r x c
Contingency Tables, the Median Test, Measures of Dependence, the Chi-
square goodness of Fit Test; Statistical Inferences based on ranks and other
topics will be examined.
ECON3049: ECONOMETRICS
This is an introductory course, in the context of the simple two-variable
model the classical linear regression model (CLRM) is thoroughly examined.
Ordinary least squares estimators and the Gauss-Markov theorem in
regression is presented. Tests of hypotheses, confidence intervals are
covered. Problems that arise when the assumptions of the CLRM are
relaxed are examined. The Basic Linear Regression Model Assumptions,
Ordinary Least Squares, Properties of least Squares Estimators. Estimation
of Economic Models, Testing of Economic Hypothesis Using Various Test
Statistics; Multiple Co linearity, Seasonality, Dummy Variables, Auto
Correlation and Specification Errors, Applicators of Econometric Methods to
Caribbean examples.
ECON3050: APPLIED ECONOMETRICS

This course presumes knowledge of the material covered in ECON3049. The
student is introduced to the multivariate regression model at the outset.
Extensive use is made of matrix algebra throughout. The CLRM is reviewed
and the properties of the ordinary least squares estimators discussed.
Students are exposed to alternative estimation techniques including the use
of instrumental variables, the method of maximum likelihood and the
method of moments. The course covers advanced topics including models
142
with lagged dependent variables, simultaneous equation systems and time
series econometrics. Diagnostic problems and problems of estimation are
emphasized. A project paper is required from each student. Specific case
studies will be taken from Caribbean economic activity and econometric
models of various Caribbean countries will be reviewed. Computing
Packages will be used extensively in exploring the content of the course.
ECON3051: DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS

This course introduces the field of economic development. It examines a
number of definitions and measures of development and highlights the
structural diversity and common characteristics of less developed countries
(LDCs). The theories of development are reviewed, and numerous multi-
disciplinary perspectives on development are highlighted.
The course topics include: Development Economics and the Concept of

Development; Classification of Developing Countries using Statistical
indices; Caribbean Development Overview; Multi-Disciplinary Perspectives
on Development (Culture and Development, The Politics of Development,
Gender and Development, The Environment and Development); Theories of
Development and Under-development (Limiting Factor Theories, Stages of
Growth Theories, Structural Change Models, External/International/
Dependence Explanations of Under-development, The Neo-Classical
Counter-Revolutionary Models).
ECON3069: PUBLIC POLICY

This course will provide the student with an understanding of the
processes, design and implementation of public economic policy with
emphasis on the Caribbean economic environment. It proceeds from a
review of the nature of public economic policy and its underpinnings in
economic theory, through the role of market and governmental failure, and
conceptual issues in the formation and implementation of public policy, to
the examination of specific areas of policy design and implementation.
The purpose of this course is to give students a critical appreciation of the

economic policy design and implementation process. The standard
economic theory course rigorously develops theory and concepts of
economic relationships as its central focus, then adding policy implications
of the theory. With the focus on theory, there is often insufficient time to
look at the process of policy design and implementation and to critically
evaluate the actual policy process, including the explicit and implicit
theoretical and/or ideological underpinnings. This course in Public Policy
offers the student a stronger central focus on the economic policy process
and a capacity for critical evaluation of policy process and content. The
course will extend beyond conceptual issues in public policy to outline
specific areas of socio-economic (e.g. human capital) and macroeconomic
143
policy (include specific issues in market liberalization and international
trade).
ECON3072: FINANCIAL MARKETS

This course examines the functioning of financial markets and provides
students with the tools to make comprehensive analyses, in order to
determine the link between financial markets and economic development.
As such it covers the most important core topics in the finance literature,
including the valuation of bonds, equity and derivatives as well as the
measurement of risk. On the financing side of the financial market, capital
budgeting and financing costs evaluation methods are assessed. The
underlying modern capital market theory is reviewed along with Fisher's
separability theorem and the Modigliani-Miller theorem.
ECON3073: CREDIT ANALYSIS AND LENDING

This course is designed to provide students with a basic, but solid,
understanding of the theoretical and practical issues associated with credit
analysis and lending. Course topics include lending theory, credit risk
management, analysis of various lending products, management of loan
portfolios and problem loans.
The fundamental objective of the course is to present students with an

understanding of sound banking practices in the area of lending by banks. In
structure a loan for the client of a financial institution and manage the loan.
FOUN1301: LAW, GOVERNANCE, ECONOMY AND SOCIETY IN THE CARIBBEAN

This is a multi-disciplinary course of the Faculty of Social Sciences, designed
mainly for non-Social Sciences students. This course will introduce students
to some of the major institutions in Caribbean society with exposure to
both the historical and contemporary aspects of Caribbean society,
including Caribbean legal, political and economic systems. In addition,
Caribbean culture and Caribbean social problems are discussed.
GOVT0100: STATISTICS AND MATHEMATICS FOR POLICY MAKING

(This course carries no credit)
Mathematics and Statistics are critical tools used for public decision-
making, policy management as well as understanding, explaining, and
predicting politics. This course is intended for anyone who needs to make
sense of political data and/or use mathematics and statistics for policy
making. More specifically this course is for those students who are reading
for a B.Sc. in Political Leadership and Management, Political Science, Public
Policy and Management and International Relations in the Department of
Government. Coverage includes: Numbers, algebra and sets; Probability
theory and scientific epistemology; Concept development and
144
measurement; Project workflow and data management; Descriptive,
associational, and causal inference; Estimation and statistical significance;
Analyzing official statistics and polling data. The course assumes no prior
training in statistics or mathematics.
GOVT1000: INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL INSTITUTIONS AND ANALYSIS

This course is required for all students in the Faculty of Social Sciences. It
introduces students to the definition of politics and political science, to
basic concepts in the discipline such as political culture, power, authority
and to the key elements of the State in Anglo-American Democracy, the
former Soviet Union, the Third World and the Caribbean. Global and
Regional issues which affect politics, such as the debtproblem, are also
discussed.
GOVT1001: INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY

This is an introductory course in Political Philosophy which examines some
basic concepts in political discourse which include justice; rights; ethics;
political obligation; notions of the social contract; freedom; democracy;
authority; power and the state. The course also examines the
epistemological, ontological and agential bases of philosophy, its genesis
and historiography.
GOVT1008: INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS

This course offers a kaleidoscopic overview of the subject matter of
International Relations - ideas and concepts, actors and policies and issues
and trends. It incorporates the study of history, theory and current events
in order to afford students basic knowledge about the world of states and
the state of the world.
GOVT1012: INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC POLICY AND MANAGEMENT

The purpose of this course is to acquaint students with the basic concepts,
structure, issues and themes of public administration, public management
and public policy as academic disciplines and as practice. We will examine
the context of public policy and management: the political system, the role
of government in a Westminster democratic society, bureaucratic politics
and power, and the various theories of administration that guide public
managers today. The course will also expose students to several
components of public policy and management including personnel,
budgeting, decision-making, leadership, policy development and policy
implementation. Finally, we conclude the course with observations about
the future of public and policy management.
GOVT1013: INTRODUCTION TO LEADERSHIP

Leadership is a core function in all areas of modern society. Without
leadership, groups and organizations would not function as they ought to.
145
Political leadership is very important because the government that leads is
elected by the people who expects and demands exemplary and effective
leadership. This course takes the students through the personal
characteristics of the leader, leadership style, the tasks and relationships of
the leaders, how the leader develops his or her skills, the leaders vision,
creating the tone of leadership, listening to others, dealing with
disagreements and conflicts, dealing with constraints and the values that
inform leadership
GOVT2003: THEORIES OF THE STATE

This course examines the contemporary debate on the nature of the state,
focusing on the ideas of some of the most important philosophers. The
main thinkers and issues may include Rawls, Dworkin, Gewirth, and the
question of social injustice; Hayek, Nozick and the libertarian perspective;
Marx and the limits of liberal democracy; and Lyotard, Foucault Habermas
and the post-modern perspective.
GOVT2004: SPORTS, POLITICS AND SOCIETY

This course exposes students to the sphere of sports as a legitimate area for
social science research and analysis. The course reviews approaches to the
study of sports; traces the development and spread of sports in the
Anglophone Caribbean, and identifies the links between sports and
ideological, socio-economic and political developments in the region. The
course looks at the potential roles of cricket, track and field, football and
netball in national development.
GOVT2005: CARIBBEAN POLITICAL THOUGHT

This course focuses on the diverse currents of Caribbean Thought, which
have influenced the development of Caribbean societies from colonialism
Main Currents in Caribbean
Thought, the course examines the central ideological currents of Twentieth
Century political thought in the region and covers Nationalism, Pan-
Africanism, Marxism, Feminism, Democratic Socialism and Neo-
conservatism. Some of the thinkers considered are Marcus Garvey, George
Padmore, C.L.R. James, Franz Fanon, Walter Rodney, Fidel Castro, Michael
Manley and Bob Marley. Other themes will be drawn from a selection of
contemporary newspaper columnists, talk-show hosts and the ideas behind
the major international agencies and institutions, which have shaped post-
independence policies. The selection of thinkers and social movements to
be examined will vary with each semester.
GOVT2007: POLITICS IN THE CARIBBEAN

This course focuses on the structure of and current controversies in
Caribbean political systems from a comparative perspective. Many of these
have to do with elections and electoral systems, political parties and party
146
systems, the nature of political opposition, the nature of government and
reforms of the state, human rights and human development, justice, crime
and corruption, models of economic development, and the impact of
globalization. These problems are discussed in the context of the challenges
faced by the Caribbean to meet acceptable standards of democracy,
development and globalization. This assessment is useful against the
background of certain failures in human, economic and political
development in the region and the need to explore possible corrective
measures.
GOVT2009: INTRODUCTION TO AFRICAN POLITICS

This course will introduce students to African Politics. It will begin with the
background to contemporary African Politics, looking at the way African
traditions and the experiences of colonialism have structured modern-day
politics. It will also examine the struggle for independence and the varieties
of the post-colonial state.
GOVT2010: DELINQUENCY AND JUVENILE JUSTICE

This course surveys the role of youths as both offenders and victims. It
examines the local, regional and international discourse related to children
and youth; and delinquency and justice. It evaluates patterns and practices
of law enforcement, the criminal court and corrections relative to youths as
offenders and victims.
GOVT2011: CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM

This course is about the institutional arrangements devised by societies to
respond to crime. It provides an overview of the criminal justice system-
and while not being explicitly comparative, locates the Caribbean in the
wider international context offering some comparisons and contrasts with
both the developed and some developing countries. It involves a survey of
the politics, courts and corrections. This is done against the backdrop of the
problems of definition and measurement of crime. General issues of
consideration include how and why the system developed in the region as it
did; how theories relate to policies and how the existing system may be
reformed and/or transformed. Considerable attention will be devoted to
the relevance of the ideas discussed to contemporary Caribbean societies.
GOVT2012: POPULAR JAMAICAN MUSIC 1962 1982: ROOTS LYRICS AS

SOCIO-POLITICAL PHILOSOPHICAL TEXT
This course explores the folk and popular music as socio-political, cultural
and philosophical instruments and expressions in the making of the African
Diaspora in the Americas. Within this historical context, the course
examines, through popular Jamaican music (Ska, Rock Steady and Reggae)
ideas of grass root Jamaicans about freedom, justice, human rights, power,
the nature of the state, social and political behaviour since independence. It
147
seeks to ascertain/measure the intellectual/ ideological contributions of
grass root Jamaicans to the making/definition of freedom, justice, human
rights etc. in the development of the Jamaican polity, as well as to establish
that grass root Jamaicans are part of the tradition of subjected peoples the
world over who have contributed to the making of freedom as one of the
most important values.
GOVT2025: INTRODUCTION TO CHINESE POLITICS
and its recent rise to global prominence. Units 1 and 2 will examine the
present. The remainder of the course will examine the institutional features
of the Chinese political system and the politics of contemporary China. The
course traces the cultural and historical legacies affecting political life and
the political processes through which nation-states, citizens and the
organizations and institutions of governance are constructed and interact.
It will also examine the major political challenges confronting China today
and explores the debates over the concepts used to explain Chinese politics
as its relations with Hong Kong; and also examines the impact of Chinese
politics on China-Caribbean relations.
GOVT2026: US GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
political institutions and system of the United States of America. It will focus
on the institutions and how they interact and how they interact with each
foundations, elements of mass public politics (public opinion and

participation), the role of intermediary organizations (interest groups,
media, parties) and the functions of the Executive, Legislative and the
Judiciary.
GOVT2027: COMPARATIVE POLITICS OF INDUSTRIAL SOCIETIES(formerly

GOVT3009: The Politics of Industrial Societies)
This course will lay the foundations for the study of the politics of industrial
societies, with a focus on North America, Western Europe, and BRICS
countries. The course will examine the political infrastructure and
institutions of industrialized countries by carefully exploring the themes,
concepts and practices of liberal democracy, political parties, electoral
systems, public opinion and economic development. In addition, this course
will look at contemporary political debates in industrial societies including
the politics of the welfare state, healthcare systems and immigration.
GOVT2036: PUBLIC FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

The course examines:
148
i. The legal and administrative framework guiding public financial
management
ii. The structure, planning, and execution of activities in relation to
government revenues and expenditures
iii. Implications of medium and long term financial planning for
development.
It highlights the relations among fiscal and monetary policies, debt
management and administrative decision-making. While students are
exposed to public financial management in Jamaica they are directed to
appreciate the issues pertaining to this subject in other territories in the
Caribbean as well as in a global setting.
GOVT2037: PUBLIC MANAGEMENT ANALYSIS

The purpose of this course is to introduce students to public management
issues and problems from both an institutional and an organizational
perspective and for them to develop the habit of thinking systematically
about problem-solving by way of design, development and assessment of
appropriate policies, strategies and tools.
GOVT2038: PUBLIC AND POLICY MANAGEMENT DISCOURSES

This course exposes students systematically to the complex and evolving
nature of the field and practice of public/policy management and for them
decision-making. It responds to the objective of providing students with an

overarching view of critical issues and themes that populate the
policy/public management discourse/agenda at any given juncture. Thus, its
modular design although sets the broad parameters for content, permits
flexibility in the issues/themes that are omitted or included at intervals. Its
status as a level two course makes it an imperative that a lock-step
approach is applied in its design. As a consequence this course builds on the
content and skills-base of level 1 study in the sub-discipline and prepares
students for level 3. It employs the core pillars of teaching and learning, viz.,
reading, writing and speaking to build skills and competences in: research
and analysis; critical reasoning, thinking and writing; and argumentation.
emphasized.
GOVT2044: RESEARCH METHODS IN GOVERNANCE I

This course is the first of two courses which introduces students to research
methods in governance. The course builds on the elementary knowledge of
social research, political science and statistics provided in the first year of
the degree programme. It is designed to provide students with a grounding
in theories, methodologies, methods and the processes of empirical
political science research. Students will be able to engage in discussions
regarding how and why political science research is conducted. They will
149
learn to test as well as develop political theories. The course will give
students key knowledge and analytical skills to plan a political science
research proposal as well as the capacity to evaluate the research done by
others. Emphasis will also be placed on developing a basic understanding of
the philosophy and the logic underlying social-scientific inquiry, and
appropriate research strategies, both quantitative and qualitative. Students
will develop a research proposal which outlines the background for the
study, the research question(s) and hypotheses, the literature review, a
comprehensive research design as well as the delimitation and limitations
of the study. Topics to be covered include the theoretical paradigms
underlying political/policy research, conceptualisation and
operationalisation, measurement theory, common data-collection
strategies, training in use of computers and SPSS, and the completion of a
full research proposal.
GOVT2046: INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS: THEORIES AND APPROACHES

This course covers a sample of the old, the new and the different in the
theoretical discourse of the discipline of International Relations. It takes as
its starting point the view that theory helps us to understand the world and
to understand why we, as individuals think the way we do. Thus students
International Relations but their own as well.
GOVT2047: PRINCIPLES OF PUBLIC INTERNATIONAL LAW

This course provides an introduction to Public International Law and
considers the contribution made by Public International Law to the
preservation of friendly relations between the states. Emphasis is placed on
the more practical aspects of the law, with focus on topics which those who
enter the professional sphere of foreign affairs are expected to encounter
on a regular basis. Such topics include jurisdiction and immunities, state
responsibility and recognition. Some attempt is made to cover the role of
law in wider international political issues such as terrorism and regional
conflict.
GOVT2048: INTERNATIONAL AND REGIONAL ORGANIZATIONS

This course provides an introduction to International Organizations,
emphasizing co-operative activities involving governments. It concentrates
on critically examining the theories, origin, structures and current status of
international and regional organizations in the study of world politics.
GOVT2049: INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY

This course is based on the premise that the study of International Relations
must take into account the inter-relationship between the economic and
the political. It introduces students to political economic perspectives and
applies this analytic approach to the study of such issues as the liberal
150
international economic order and distributive justice, and the international
financial system and policy co-ordination.
GOVT2050: CONSTITUTIONAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE LAW FOR PUBLIC

SECTOR MANAGERS
This is an introductory course on the intersection of public service with law.
Civil servants, the role of law and the courts along with the Jamaican
constitution are considered inter-related topics. Course design is such that
Public Policy and Management students learn about the legal system (both
in Jamaica and in a comparative sense) while also providing insight to the
particular concerns, contradictions and outcomes of public service life. The
relationship between civil servant and lawyer is often adversarial. This is
unfortunate given their complementary tasks to ensure that government
runs effectively, economically, efficiently and equitably toward the service
of its citizens. The rule of law and the relationships of courts and judges to
administrative life are integral to public service.
GOVT2054: RESEARCH METHODS IN GOVERNANCE II

This course is the second of two courses which focuses on the application of
research methods in governance. The course specifically focuses on data
collection techniques as well as analyzing qualitative, quantitative and
mixed-methods data for governance. It is designed for students who will be
working with local and international political stakeholders as well as those
doing public policy related work. Students will learn how to collect and
analyze different forms of data through the use of various methods, tools
and techniques. This course cultivates students' analytical abilities and
develops their statistical reasoning while offering students an introduction
to the key empirical methods required for collecting, and analyzing data
used to undertake project, programmes, or initiatives in governance. In an
effort to demonstrate the data collection methods and data analysis
processes as well as linking these methods and processes to ongoing
governance related debates, students will conduct hands-on research data
analysis procedures geared towards giving them a better understanding of
doing governance related research. They will be able to appreciate and
understand the pivotal role of descriptive and inferential statistics as well as
qualitative data and associated analytical tools. The topics that will be
covered include:
i. Quantitative Data Analysis - univariate, bivariate and multivariate
analysis
ii. Qualitative Data Analysis - case study analysis, qualitative descriptive
analysis, content analysis, and policy evaluation analysis as well as
iii. Mixed Methods Data Analysis
GOVT2070: POLITICAL MANAGEMENT AND STRATEGY
151
Political strategists, expert consulting and media firms, managerial and
organizational systems, management and voter mobilization techniques,
fundraising and new technological tools are just some of the tools, actors
and techniques that are currently being used to enhance the political
process, gain leverage in political practice and in the execution of
government activities by political leaders and political parties. In this course
students will learn about the tools, actors, techniques and processes
apolitical management and strategy. Students will engage in discussions
regarding approaches that political actors are using to gain a competitive
advantage in the political process. They will also learn how to utilize these
tools and techniques. The course is designed to give students key
knowledge and analytical skills relevant in political consulting, political
campaigning, resource management, political management, advocacy and
lobbying, the use of social media, political fundraising and other aspects of
political management and strategy.
GOVT2071: CLIMATE CHANGE, GOVERNANCE AND DEVELOPMENT

This course explores the genesis of climate change and the fundamental
concepts and scientific constructs underpinning and driving this
phenomenon. The role of the scientific and international communities has
been critical in trying to understand the role of anthropogenic activity and
the implications for ecosystems, the environment and what is required to
enable a symbiotic and beneficial coexistence between man and nature.
Against this backdrop, global political economy themes and interests, the
responses of states and dominant actors within political, global public policy
and governance regimes will be explored. Students will gain an appreciation
of the key issues and principles surrounding climate change, juxtaposed
against the global community and small vulnerable economies responding
to the imperative of development, while treating with the challenges
climate change presents.
GOVT2177: POLITICAL BEHAVIOUR

With the decoding of the human genome and the growing research on
biology and political behavior, this course deals with how interaction of
genes, physiology, neurology and the political environment influences
political attitudes, political participation, and ideology. The interactionalso
influences political trust, vote choice, party identification, political
sophistication, party identification, views ofthe out-group and political
violence and so on. Therefore, this course surveys the range of political
behaviors that are driven by the biology-environment interaction.
GOVT2267: POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY OF THE CARIBBEAN

The course examines seminal social and political theories which speak to
the relationship among the development of the state, capitalism,
globalisation, and liberalism.The impact that social cleavages such as
152
class,religion,race and gender have on parties, elections and other political
institutions will be explored. We will also examine the strength and
political impact of both labour movements and other important social
movements which have been key centres of change in the Caribbean
setting. The impact of colonialism will also be a key consideration.
GOVT2268: GENDER, GOVERNANCE AND LEADERSHIP

History has shown that Caribbean women were never satisfied with being
on the peripheries of the political arena,and over the years,they have
engaged in activism and adopted different kinds of strategies in order to
gain entry to the structures of governance. Despite the expansion of
scholarship over the years, very little is known about the challenges
theyface in the attempt to enter into representational politics since they
still occupy astatistical minority in the parliaments of the majority of
countries across the world. In the Anglophone Caribbean,only four
countries so far, have had female Prime Ministers. Still, there is limited
knowledge concerning the extent to which female presence within the
structures of governance will impact substantive representation especially
in light of contemporary research which shows that thereis an empirical
link between the descriptive and substantive representation of women,by
women. Thiscourseis designed to address the gaps and will engage
students in a varietyof debates on theoretical and socio-cultural issues
and how these issues mayhave helped to determine the gender
ofgovernance and subsequently, influence the governance of gender.
GOVT2269: SOCIAL MOVEMENTS IN THE CARIBBEAN

Social movements have historically played a part in shaping the political
and socio-cultural landscape ofthe Caribbean asthe subordinated and the
oppressed have always sought to challenge the conditions, circumstances
and rules that control their lives.The historical processes of slavery and
colonialism inthe Caribbean have had a profound impact on the emergence
of social movements in the past generally, but a variety of social
movements still exist incontemporary times.This suggests that the reare
issues, grievances, tensions and particular facilitating conditions at
different levels in society that influence movement formation.
Contemporary movements range from the animal rights movement,
environmental or green movement, feminist movement,to abortion rights
movement,among others. However, very little is known concerning the
extent to which collective refusal to accept restrictions, boundaries
hegemonic controlof one group over another,abuse and misuse of
resources, among others, may impact established laws, rules and policies,
as well as the relationship between movements, community power,
leadership from below onestablished structures and state politics.
GOVT3008: COMPARATIVE REVOLUTIONS

153
The aim is to acquaint the student with the rich theoretical and narrative
history on revolutionary movements in the light of the practical experiences
of a selection of contemporary and history revolutions. It will be divided
into two parts. The first will examine the various theories on the causes of
revolutions, through Marx, Brinton, Johnson, Tilly, Barrington Moore,
Trimberger, Theda Skocpol, to Wallerstein, Eisenstadt and Unger. The
second will survey in detail the experience of Cuba, Grenada and Nicaragua
in the light of the other contemporary and historical examples of revolution
and of the theoretical constructs established in the first part. From time to
time the examples of revolution may be varied to reflect the rich and
variegated international experience.
GOVT3010: PUNISHMENT AND CORRECTIONS

This course examines the development of ideologies pertaining to the
punishment of offenders. It explores the rationale for imprisonment,
including retribution, incapacitation, and rehabilitation and critically
examines past and existing penal doctrines in Jamaica. Alternatives to
incarceration and current ideas about penal reform are also critically
examined.
GOVT3011: VIOLENCE AND DEVELOPMENT

This course examines historical changes in the patterns and meanings of
violence globally. Special attention is paid to individual, collective and state
violence in the Caribbean context. The main theories explaining the causes
of violence and current research on attitudes to violence and the use of
force to bring about social political change are reviewed. Strategies of
conflict management and prevention and their relationship to the
development and transformation of political culture and state institutions
that seek to monopolize the legitimate use of violence are discussed.
GOVT3012: CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL ISSUES

This course will focus on issues of current relevance in industrial societies,
with emphasis on Western Europe and North America. It will analyze the
extent of cynicism towards politics, the various tendencies in the political
system, issues of economic transformation and changes in the state.
GOVT3016: LATIN AMERICAN POLITICS AND DEVELOPMENT

This course introduces students to Latin American Political Institutional
th
Developments and Major Economic Changes in the 20 century.
GOVT3022: GARVEYISM IN THE AMERICAS/AFRICA

The focus of this course is on the development of Garveyism as a social
movement in the early decades of the twentieth century and its impact on
contemporary movements for decolonization in the Diaspora and in Africa.
The socio-political practice of the Garvey movement will be examined in
154
order to ascertain its Pan-Africanist appeal. Students will be exposed to
primary source materials at the National Library of Jamaica, the multi-
volume Marcus Garvey and the UNIA Paper and recent literature on the
Garvey movement.
GOVT3032: SELECTED ISSUES IN PUBLIC POLICY & PUBLIC SECTOR

MANAGEMENT
This course is designed to help develop and apply the analytical skills
needed by public managers to a number of topical issues. The content of
knowledge. The delivery method will be primarily through guest lectures,

field trips and case analysis. The main emphasis of this course will be on
contemporary controversies and themes. These will be related to a settled
body of ideas and concepts that comprise the core of the discipline. This
course is intended to act as a capstone for all students doing studies in
Public Policy and Management and its topical content will change from year
to year.
GOVT3033: CONCEPTS AND THEORIES OF PUBLIC POLICY

This course will consist of an examination of public choice and public goods
allocation theories. This will be done in the context of policy analysis and
the various considerations and limitations of this process.
GOVT3038: INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT POLICY AND MANAGEMENT

This course introduces students to contending theories, concepts and
discourses around developmental issues. It provides comparative, thematic
and theoretical analyses of developmental challenges and explores various
approaches to development, institutional arrangements and policy options.
It treats some of the themes that have been identified in the contemporary
discourses as sine qua non of successful development management such as
international policy network and emerging supranational governance will

also be examined.
GOVT3039: ETHICS IN GOVERNMENT

The deleterious effects of waste and corruption are increasingly recognized
course and practice of ethical behavior

within the public and political spheres. It is designed to help participants
understand the complex yet idiosyncratic nature of values, ethics and
ethical conduct. It provides a forum for discussing and learning about
values, ethics and the implications for decision-making and behavior of
public officials. In addition, it examines ethical concepts and discourse
around selected policy problems. The course aims to equip participants
with the knowledge and skills to recognize ethical problems and dilemmas
155
and design appropriate institutional responses to encourage ethical
behaviors. It aims to increase discourse on ethical issues, and encourage
doing it will contribute to increasing effectiveness and efficiency in the use

of public resources and ultimately to developmental objectives.
GOVT3041: MEDIA AND POLITICS WITHIN THE CARIBBEAN AND BEYOND

The course on Media and Politics within the Caribbean and Beyond is a
comparative analysis of the role of the news media in contemporary politics
in major countries such as the U.S., Canada, U.K. and the Caribbean. In
news and opinion rich information is nothing new. However, it has taken
center stage, not just in the U.S but across the globe. Themes such as online
politics, media history, the politics economy of the media will be
complemented with case studies from countries within the Caribbean and
around the Globe.
GOVT3042: CONSTITUENCY RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT AND

MANAGEMENT
The course introduces students to the concept models of Constituency
Resource Development and Management and will equip them with the
capacity to monitor constituency programme/projects. The course will also
help the student to develop research, analytical, and communication skills
required for Constituency Resource Development and Management as well
as to identify, select and use the appropriate tools and techniques to
establish constituency profiles and evaluate constituency assets. Other
topics addressed in this course include: an introduction to the various
levels of government, trends and issues, strategic planning, project and
programme management, and community action facilitation.
GOVT3044: POLITICS, DEMOCRACY AND DEVELOPMENT

This course on Politics, Democracy and Development focuses primarily on
the developing world and the dynamics of power and knowledge between
three parts. The first section
begins with a question, what is development? And a critical examination of
process across different regions of the world. The second section will
explore development in theory and in practice by reviewing the main
theoretical ideas on the causes of development, and through analysis of the
roles of major national and non-national actors. The third section will
critically discuss select social, cultural and political issues that countries in
the developing world face. There will also be some focus on the correlation
between democracy and development by exploring various issues. Some of
the issues covered terrorism, mass emigration from the developing world,
156
women in parliaments, environment and climate change, and political
corruption.
GOVT3048: CONTEMPORARY INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS OF THE CARIBBEAN

This course will identify and analyze various stages in the development of
Caribbean sta Relations from
1970 to the present. Focus will be on the dominant norms, influences,
patterns and instruments which have characterized their participation in
multilateral diplomacy, economic and security relations.
GOVT3050: COMPARATIVE FOREIGN POLICY

Foreign Policy is the primary means through which states interact with each
other. Each year the foreign policies of at least two states are chosen as the
focus of this course e.g. Over the years we have examined the foreign
policies of Japan, United States of America, Britain, China and India. The
course involves vigorous research, thinking and writing about the main
trends in the foreign policy of selected states. Particular emphasis is placed
on the domestic and international factors that affect the making of the
foreign policy, the institutions involved in the execution of foreign policy
and the main issues that dominate the foreign policy agenda.
GOVT3051: INTERNATIONAL LAW AND DEVELOPMENT: SELECTED ISSUES

This course examines some of the ways in which Public International Law
contributes, or may contribute, to development in a number of discrete
contexts. In particular, it requires students to examine international legal
rules with respect to Human Rights, the Law of the Sea, Counter-Narcotics
efforts, and Investment to assess the extent to which these rules promote
or undermine economic development.
GOVT3052: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES OF INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS

This is a seminar which focuses on contemporary and/or typical issues that
are of critical and significant importance to the structure, nature and status
of international relations. Issues include those which are not traditional
areas of study but which could become so as the discipline evolves.
GOVT3055: THEORY AND PRACTICE OF INTERNATIONAL NEGOTIATIONS

It is impossible to conceive world affairs in the absence of the bargaining
table. In this course students are exposed to the theory and practice, the art
and science of negotiations through a variety of teaching methods namely
guest lectures from practitioners, simulations and critical discussion. The
aim is to enable students to explain and understand negotiation outcomes,
as well as to give them practical experience in the conduct of negotiations
157
GOVT3056: INTERNSHIP IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
Each student will be required to spend a minimum of four weeks in a major
institution and to provide a report describing and assessing this experience.
The idea is to familiarize and expose students to the working environment
of International Relations. This course is open to a limited number of Level 3
IR Major students, selected on the basis of their grades. Other International
Relations Majors will do GOVT3051 as a compulsory course and available
elective.
GOVT3070: GOOD GOVERNANCE AND GLOBAL CORRUPTION

The World Bank estimates that worldwide about one trillion dollars per year
is paid in bribes. This illegal activity leads to poor economic performance
and human rights violations. This course examines the effects of corruption,
identifies the contexts within which it flourishes, explores means of
measuring it, and analyses the opportunity structure for corruption. The
United Nations Convention against Corruption (UNCAC) has now been
ratified by 165 countries demonstrating that there is now an international
consensus both that preventing and addressing corruption is a high global
priority. Actions to identify the type and range of measures that must be
taken by various stakeholders in order to reduce corruption globally are
underway. At its core, the Convention promotes key transparency and
accountability principles that are of equal importance to both the public
and private sectors and civil society. The course also exposes students to
other regional instruments of importance such as Inter-American
Convention against Corruption, OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of
Foreign Public Officials and the AU Convention, Council of Europe
Conventions, OAS Convention, and EU Instruments. The purpose of this
course is to give students a strong understanding of anticorruption
conventions, a focus, but not limited to, UNCAC.
Students will explore how, as the only global, comprehensive and legally
binding anti-corruption instrument in the world, it can act as framework for
the international fight against corruption. Students will be given a snapshot
of the emerging anti-corruption legal and governance landscape for the
purpose of analyzing the forms, causes, cost, risks and prevention and law
enforcement remedies associated with the global phenomenon of
corruption. The scope of the course reflects the comprehensive nature of
UNCAC by assessing the fight against corruption including; prevention,
criminalization, international cooperation and asset recovery.
GOVT3114: INTERNATIONAL SECURITY ISSUES

The course focuses on two (2) broad areas in the study of international
security. First, it provides an introduction and analysis of the historical,
conceptual and contextual themes of the discipline. In particular, realism,
158
deterrence and offence-defence theories will inform the discourse on the
it analyses of the main security challenges (both past and present), such as
the role of nuclear weapons proliferation and the arms race as threats to
international security, as well as the significance of drug trafficking for the
Caribbean region. Special emphasis will be placed on the ways in which
individual states and organizations, particularly the United Nations (UN),
the Organization of American States (OAS), and the Regional Security
System, respond to these security challenges.
While maintaining the traditional state-centric approach in highlighting the

role of the nation-state in responding to these changes, students will be
introduced to the new international reality of non-state actors, for example
drug traffickers in posing threats to the system. They will also be introduced
to the formulation of security responses which excludes the state, such as
private security (including the establishment of security companies to
protect citizens based on a perception of the failure of the State to provide
such security).
GOVT3115: PUBLIC POLICY & MANAGEMENT INTERNSHIP PROGRAMME

The internship is an exciting, practical and compulsory programme for all
students entering the Public Policy and Management (Major). The
internship, usually taken in the summer over six weeks, provides a student
with the opportunity to participate in and observe, as a full-time working
member of the staff, the daily administrative or policy-related activities of a
ministry, agency or department of the Government of Jamaica.The
internship provides an opportunity for a student to use the skills and
experience gained during the first two years of his or her academic program
in a way that is mutually beneficial to the student and the agency. Adequate
supervision, educational assignments, and practical benefit to the agency
and student comprise the core methodological considerations in the
internship.
GOVT3118: POLICY ANALYSIS AND EVALUATION

This course is a capstone for the Public Policy and Management Major and
is a co-requisite with the Public Policy and Management Internship. It builds
on theoretical concepts and an approach introduced in other courses in the
major; and provides broad exposure to concepts, rationale and techniques
for the systematic formulation and evaluation of public policies. The course
builds critical analytical and communication skills which are vital to public
sector managers and it places emphasis on multidisciplinary, multi-
methodological approaches to the formulation and evaluation of public
policies.
GOVT3170: THE GLOBALECONOMYAND DEVELOPMENT:CONCEPTS

159
ANDPOLICY ISSUES
The course examines the key development institutions of the contemporary
global economy, how they were established, how they evolved and how
they affect economic development policies in post-colonial societies.We
assess the policy challenges that many newly independent countries found
themselves faced within the post colonial era and the strategies that many
followed in order to tryand achieve development. Many newly independent
countries experienced strong economic growth in the 1950s and
1960s;however,by the 1970s and 1980s many countries became mired in
debt.We examine different perspectives on what causedthe DebtCrisis and
examine the means used to resolve it, particularly the roleofthe
International Monetary Fund (IMF) and World Bank in promulgating
structural adjustment programs. This examination also involves the
challenges to growth and development in these countries and its impact on
women and families and the international migration of labour.Wealso
examine the increased participation of NGOs in economic development
activities in developing countries.
GOVT3179:POLITICAL LEADERSHIP IN THE CARIBBEAN

Leadership occurs in all spheres of life thereby underscoring its importance
to human progress and development. Political leadership is at the forefront
because leaders in all areas of society expect and demand results from
political leaders. Failure to meet the demands and expectations of the
people leads to a change of political leaders in democratic societies.
Studying political leadership is of critical importance because poor
leadership can lead to genocide, war, civil war, societal instability, famine,
poverty, economic dislocation, and man-made disasters and so on.
GOVT3180: LEADERSHIP INTERNSHIP PROGRAMME

The Department seeks to equip our students with the theories, methods
and approaches of leadership, strategy and management by integrating
the curriculum with the workplace. The leadership internship gives the
student the opportunity over a semester to apply what they have learnt
and gain important work experience. Guided by the recommendations
from the most recent departmental review, the programme emphasizes
the applied dimension of the learning process. It reflects also the new
focus on producing rounded graduates that are easily integrated into the
world of work. The programme aims to develop core competencies and
problem solving skills in our graduates so that they can effectively
integrate and meaningfully contribute to the work environment and to
society in general.
GOVT3201: INTERNET AND DEMOCRACY
This course examines how Internet based applications interact with the
practice of democracy globally and in the Caribbean. It will cover the
160
various theories and frameworks that have attempted to explain this
interaction primarily from a political science perspective. This includes a
critical review of arguments that suggest the Internet has the potential to
improve the quality of democracy in a variety of political contexts, the use
of social media to mobilize and organize political movements, web-based
political campaigning and online dialogue and deliberation within civil
society.
GOVT3202: POLITICAL MARKETING & COMMUNICATION

Professional marketing, communication, branding, advertising and public
relations strategies, which have been developed in the corporate world, are
currently being used as tools to enhance the political process. In this course
students will learn about the relationship between marketing and politics.
Students will engage in discussions regarding how and via what media
politicians, parties, political campaign managers and even governments are
marketing themselves through various marketing methods similar to those
of business marketing, corporate branding and management
communication. The course is designed to give students key knowledge and
analytical skills relevant for a career in political campaigning, political
communication, as well as the branding and marketing of political
messages, actors, parties and/or institutions.
GOVT3205:INTERNATIONAL TRADE AND DIGITAL TECHNOLOGY

This course is designed for students to understand how technology
influences international trade and the role that this relationship plays in
historical overview of methods of trade over the years and the means by
which digitisation has revolutionized world trade in terms of adaptiveness,
competitiveness, and the overall new trade regime facilitated by this shift.
The course also studies what makes trade more appealing to developing
countries, in this new environment.
GOVT3206: INTERNATIONAL TRADE REGULATION

The course is designed to introduce students to the legal framework
underpinning the multilateral trade system, a central element of the
phenomenon of globalization. The course provides an examination of the
economic and legal context for international trade law and the legal rules of
the World Trade Organization (WTO), the chief multilateral trade regulator.
The course also examines issues in international trade law such as trade and
labour migration, the environment and human rights. The course also
explores the linkages to trade and investment, special topics in regional
trade agreements, and issues germane to small economies such as the
CARICOM States.
HOSP3034: FOOD AND BEVERAGE III

161
This course is designed to provide students with the practical knowledge
and understanding associated with Beverage Operations. The class will
include an introduction to history, and methods of production for a variety
of wine, beer, spirits, and other beverages. Product knowledge, service
techniques, sales and alcohol service related to the hospitality industry will
also be covered. This course will be taught using a combination of
interactive lectures, case studies, field trips, guest speakers, presentations,
demonstrations, simulations, beer, wine tasting and mixology sessions. The
content will include the history of alcoholic beverages and origins, the
composition of beverages and ideal conditions for serving and pairing. Upon
completion of this course students should be able to: Explain the history of
wine, distilled, and brewed beverages and its impact on the hospitality
industry; Describe the opening and closing procedures of a beverage
Identify the different jobs in the beverage industry to include job

specification and job description.
HOSP3106: ENTERTAINMENT MANAGEMENT

The entertainment business is a multi-billion dollar industry that touches
people in every corner of the world. The Caribbean presents very enticing
prospects for better participation in this business through better
management of the entertainment industry and in particular its music
products. Closely aligned to the music industry are the areas of fashion
designing, cosmetology, filmmaking, choreography, management,
marketing, tourism, gaming, graphic design, law and technology.
This course will introduce students to the knowledge and skills that will help
them to manage the Caribbean entertainment product. Students will
specifically develop an understanding of the workings of the local and
international music industry, sports, and related sectors. They will be
introduced to some rights and obligations, some production concerns in
putting together events, festivals, films, music and other forms of
entertainment.
HOTL3001: EVENT MANAGEMENT

This course offers students the opportunity to study a unique combination
of business and management and to explore the specialist area of the
meetings and conventions sector. It will cover many areas within this
discipline including events, meetings, conventions and conferences.
MGMT1002: COMMUNICATION SKILLS FOR MANAGERS

This course introduces students to various business situations and provides
opportunities to develop communication skills for a variety of work
situations /business purposes. It is a participatory course, designed to
simulate actual business communication scenarios using a critical thinking
162
approach, and targets the strategic and organisational aspects of
managerial communication. The course is designed to support the
achievement of the strategic aim of producing graduates who are effective
communicators as well as to provide a foundation upon which students can
build their communication skills in their second and third year.
MGMT2004: COMPUTER APPLICATIONS

This is an introductory course on the use of Information Technology (IT) in
organizations. The course aims to expose students to some of the current
issues facing organizations in their use of IT. Use of IT is viewed from an
objective of improving the efficiency and effectiveness of organizational
systems and processes in order to gain a competitive advantage. The
primary goal is to give a good understanding of how the manager can use
information in the problem solving and decision-making processes. It is
assumed that students will be preparing either for a career in computing or
management. The objective demands that students understand the role of
the computer as a problem-solving tool.
MGMT2008: ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

This course exposes students to the various ways in which individuals and
organizations interact to create goods and services in a competitive and
dynamic environment. The course begins with a broad overview of the
nature and structure of organizations and in particular of Caribbean
organizations. The focus then narrows to examine the ways in which
individuals and groups behave within the context of the organization.
Topics to be examined include power, leadership, groups, teams, conflict
and individual behaviour.
MGMT2012: QUANTITATIVE METHODS

This course is an introductory level survey of quantitative techniques, and is
intended to provide an overview of commonly used mathematical models
and statistical analyses to aid in making business decisions. These
techniques include linear programming, decision theory and simulation. The
primary emphasis is to prepare students to become intelligent users of
those techniques. An understanding of the assumptions and limitations of
the techniques; and also, how these techniques might be used outside the
classroom environment are of particular importance.
MGMT2020: MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS

This course is primarily concerned with the application of economic
principles and methodologies to the decision making process of the
business firm operating under conditions of risk and uncertainty. It focuses
on the economics of business decisions and as such, brings abstract theory
into closer harmony with managerial practice. The concepts and issues are
163
put in the context of real business decision problems in order to
demonstrate methods of identifying problems and finding solutions.
MGMT2021: BUSINESS LAW I

Outline: General Principles of Law (system of courts, doctrine of precedent,
case law and statute law, tort, contract and crime); and General Principles
of Law of Contract (formation of contract, offer and acceptance,
consideration, terms of contracts, conditions of warranties, implied terms,
exclusion clauses, mistakes, misrepresentation, undue influence and
illegality, assignment and negotiability, discharge, agreement (including
notice), frustration, performance and breach, remedies).
MGMT2023: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT I

The course seeks to provide the foundation of financial management. It will
introduce some of the basic concepts used by financial managers in the
decision making process, including risk and return, time value of money,
financial statement analysis, capital budgeting and asset valuation models.
The course provides a theoretical framework within which these concepts
are applicable. The course will also draw on real-world situations to
highlight the importance of both the practice and theory of finance.
MGMT2026: PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

This course will examine the methods used for efficiently managing the
operating divisions of manufacturing and service based firms. The topics to
be covered include process analysis, design and layout, forecasting, capacity
planning, production planning, inventory control, scheduling, project
management and quality control. An introduction to new production
control techniques such as just-in time systems and group technology is
also provided. Throughout the course, special emphasis will be placed on
the use of mathematical and statistical techniques for decision making by
operating managers.
MGMT2029: MANAGERIAL COMMUNICATION

This course is designed to help students develop effective communication
and presentation skills. It offers a practical and analytical approach to the
development of content and style in business communication with an
emphasis on the relationship between creative and independent and logical
thinking and the solution of business problems.
MGMT2068: RISK AND TREASURY MANAGEMENT

This course introduces students to the various forms of risks affecting
financial institutions the types of risks, and ways of managing these risks.
Objectives:
i. To acquaint students with the composition of the financial services
industry
164
ii. To identify the various forms of risks
iii. To explain the international best practices of managing risks.
MGMT2224: INTRODUCTION TO ENTREPRENEURSHIP

nd
This course is the first part of a 2 semester course that is required for
candidates reading for the BSc. in Management Studies (Entrepreneurship).
It can be done separately, as an elective. This component focuses on the
thinking involved in converting the idea into a viable business plan and the
strategies engaged in developing the product so it can be offered to the
consumer. The course aims to familiarize participants with entrepreneurial
thinking: the process by which entrepreneurs identify business ideas, assess
and analyse their feasibility and convert them into successful business.
Additionally it will assist students in determining whether they are
interested in becoming entrepreneurs or employees.
MGMT3012: SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND DESIGN

This course covers the fundamental activities that are involved in the
analysis, design and development of computer-based information systems.
Analysis is the act of understanding current information systems and
developing the set of information requirements that users demand in a new
or enhanced system. In the design stage, Information System personnel
develop data and programming maps as to how Information Systems will
meet these requirements. Actual coding and system construction occur in
the development phase. Particular emphasis is placed on the analysis and
design stages of the systems development cycle. Students are encouraged
to pay particular attention to the structured design philosophy espoused in
our approach to teaching systems development. Furthermore, special
emphasis is placed on the tools such as data flow diagrams, PERT and Gantt
charts, among others.
MGMT3017: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

This course introduces students to the organizational models and designs
that will most effectively procure, integrate, develop, protect, compensate
and maintain the human resources of the organization. Students will be
exposed to a cross section of Caribbean cases and readings and will analyze
the implications of the HR practices on the development.
MGMT3018: INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS

Industrial Relations is concerned with the rules, practices, outcomes and
institutions emerging from the interaction between employers and
employees in a formal work setting. These outcomes occur at the
workplace, the sectoral and the national levels. This course provides an
introduction to Industrial Relations; it focuses on the principal Industrial
Relations actors (workers, management and government) and their
contribution to the process of workplace governance. It is suitable for
165
anyone who will work in any kind of workplace organization, essential for
someone who will have responsibility for the management of people and
absolutely critical for someone who will specialize in human resources
management.
Students who take this course should acquire a sound knowledge of

principles, concepts and practices of Industrial Relations and the capacity to
advance his/her knowledge in the area. Among other things the student will
be exposed to the institutions, concepts and outcomesarising from modern
employment relationships; the implications arising from conflicts of interest
between employers and employees as well as the changes taking place in
the world of work. Students are encouraged to think critically about the
implications for their own future as well as the future of society. In addition
students will enhance their capacity for independent learning and
information seeking in the field of Industrial Relations; their ability to work
in group settings and their skills in evaluating and managing the kinds of
conflict that emerge from the employment contract.
MGMT3019: BUSINESS NEGOTIATIONS

This course provides an introduction to the theory and practice of
negotiations as applied in the context of a business. It is intended primarily
for students preparing for a career in Human Resources Management,
Industrial Relations or in general management. Many of the principles
encountered in this course will be applicable to conflict resolution in other
aspects of life.
The objective of the course is to provide insight into the theoretical and
practical aspects of business negotiations. Students should benefit from an
enhanced capacity to evaluate a negotiating situation, to plan the process
and to execute a negotiation on their own behalf or on behalf of a client.
MGMT3021: ORGANIZATIONAL THEORY & DESIGN

This course examines the fundamentals of Organizational theory, Structure
and Design, their components and the links to organizational success. We
begin with an historical overview of the aforementioned, examining the
pros and cons. Students who do this course will be able to make decisions
about which organizational structures are more appropriate for particular
kinds of product and/or services. They will also be able to identify those
factors in the environment which impact and influenc
functioning either positively or negatively. Factors such as Organizational
and
Government Policies, will be examined in the context of Caribbean
organizations responding to a global environment.
166
MGMT3022: ORGANIZATIONAL DEVELOPMENT
Organizational Development is designed for students who have a keen
interest in enhancing the performance of organizations using a behavioural
perspective. In the course students will adopt the role of consultant and will
be exposed to the various tools, techniques and methods of organizational
intervention. Students who do this course will be expected to utilize their
knowledge and skills within the context of their own research teams as well
as in an organizational setting.
MGMT3031: BUSINESS STRATEGY AND POLICY

This course is designed to provide students with an instructive framework
within which business policies and strategies will be formulated and
developed. It covers the analysis and evaluation of corporate strategies.
MGMT3033: BUSINESS, GOVERNMENT AND SOCIETY

This survey course attempts to prepare students for a better understanding
of the relationships between business executives and other elements in the
West Indian environment. It involves the following modules: Business
Environment; Regulation; History of Economic Thought; Criticisms of
Business; Business Responsibility; International Trade; Consumerism.
MGMT3037: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

The purpose of the international business management course is to
familiarize students with the globally applicable theories of international
business in the context of the practice of management in a small open
developing environment. The course builds upon the unassailable
conclusion that the development of Jamaica and other countries in the
Caribbean region will rest upon the ability of firms within the region to
engage profitably in international business activities. To this end, the
conceptual theme that will drive the course is the relationship between the
processes of economic development and national competitiveness on the
one hand, and the theory and practice of international business on the
other.
The course is divided into two modules:

i. International business theories, systems a
the focus is on understanding the theories and concepts of
international business and in identifying the principal institutions
that comprise the framework for international business.
ii. anaging the international operations of firms in developing
developing countries to the current imperatives of international

business and development.
167
MGMT3046: COMPANY LAW
This course covers the Principles of Company Law, statutes and relevant
case law, with special reference to matters of particular concern to
Accountants and Auditors.
MGMT3048: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT II

Financial Management II is an advanced managerial finance course that ties
together theory and applications of financial management and covers the
essential aspects of financial decisions. Financial decisions are primarily
concerned with providing solutions to the following problems:
i. What assets should the enterprise acquire? (This is the capital budgeting
decision),
ii. How should these assets be financed? (This is the capital structure
decision),
iii. How should short-term operating cash flows be managed? (This is the
working capital decision).
This course focuses predominantly on learning the tools and techniques
needed to analyze and evaluate financial information. This type of analysis
enables the financial manager to identify and solve management problems
related to the financial operations of business corporations.
MGMT3050: INVESTMENT AND ANALYSIS

This course is designed to introduce concepts and issues in investment
analysis and portfolio management. It discusses and explains the nature of
the decision-making process involved in the investment function and in so
doing provides a frame of reference against which students can make sound
value judgement on the basis of their analysis of returns and risks of
investment. In effect, the course is designed to bring the principles of
investment and good theory into the practical decision-making process. It
is also intended to lay the foundation for students who will be pursuing
professional qualifications for example, Chartered Financial Analyst
designation.
MGMT3051: TAXATION I
This course provides students with an understanding of the main principles
and concepts of taxation. It investigates how tax policy is formulated and
explains how such a policy is applied in practice in Jamaica. The course
enables students to ascertain how the Jamaican tax liabilities of individuals
and organizations are calculated. The study of Jamaican tax law and
practice is further developed in the context of tax planning and ethical
considerations.
MGMT3052: TAXATION II
This course builds on Taxation I and extends the measurement of taxable
income to corporate entities. It introduces issues related to the taxation of
168
distributions and benefits to principal members of a company. It covers the
taxation implications of residence and domicile of incorporated bodies,
including double taxation treaties. The course includes: comparative review
of Commonwealth Caribbean tax regimes in the areas of income tax and
capital gains tax. The course will emphasize tax planning and management.
MGMT3056: PROJECT MANAGEMENT

This course focuses on the principles and practices of project management
in business and technology. It will provide the student with the necessary
skills that are required in industry.
The objective of the course is to provide the students with the tools to
effectively implementproject management practices in the industry. The
student on completion will be able to:
i. Discuss the system principles and philosophy which guide project
management theory and practice
ii. Describe and develop the logical sequences of stages in the life of a
project
iii. Apply the methods, procedures and systems for designing, planning,
scheduling, controlling and organizing project activities
iv. Prepare project documents to assist in the implementation of the
plan and prepare project reports.
MGMT3057: PRODUCTIVITY AND QUALITY MANAGEMENT

The course provides an in-depth coverage of productivity and quality
management in the service and other industries. Emphasis is placed on the
practical application of quality principles through the interpretation,
understanding and use of these principles and concepts throughout the
problem-solving process. Areas covered include Quality and Continuous
Improvement, Process Control, Productivity and Measurement, Reliability
and Bench-marking and Auditing.
MGMT3058: NEW VENTURE MANAGEMENT

This course focuses on the issues relevant to the successful operations of
the business organization, within the global market place. These include;
other relevant plans aside from the initial business plan, the management
of team, techniques for managing rapid growth and the impact of
technology on entrepreneurship. The course aims to familiarise participants
with entrepreneurial thinking and practice: the process by which
entrepreneurs prepare for financing, marketing and operationalizing their
business ideas, assess their feasibility and convert them into successful
businesses through team development and adopting new technology and
innovation.
169
MGMT3060: OPERATIONS, PLANNING AND CONTROL
This course focuses on techniques for use in the design, planning, and
control of operating systems in the manufacturing and service sector. The
course is designed to complement and build on topics covered in
MGMT2026. A more advanced treatment is provided for decision models
which are used in production planning, inventory control, scheduling,
facility design and location. Case studies are drawn from operating systems
in manufacturing, service and public sector organizations.
MGMT3061: TEAM BUILDING & MANAGEMENT

This course is intended to enable students to identify different types of
teams and to apply team learning to at least one organization. Students will
also learn how to measure the effectiveness of a team, work in a team to
undertake a project and understand the team process, particularly in the
Caribbean. At the end of the course they should have enhanced their skills
in building and managing effective teams.
MGMT3062: COMPENSATION MANAGEMENT

This course is intended to introduce students to the principles and practice
in modern compensation management. Students who take this course will:
- be able to explain the role of compensation in the management of
human resources in an organization
- be able to explain the importance of compensation in achieving the
strategic objectives of an organization
- be able to explain the theoretical issues that underlie the design of a
compensation system, the techniques involved in designing a
compensation system and the skills necessary to make sound
compensation decisions in different labour market settings
- be able to describe the unique variables operating in the Caribbean
context and explain in light of this, how to design an appropriate
compensation system.
MGMT3063: LABOUR AND EMPLOYMENT LAW

This course is intended to introduce students to the principles and practices
of Labour and Employment Law. Students who take this course will be able
to:
- explain the role of law in labour and employment relations
- explain the evolution of labour and employment legislation in the
region and the implications for current employment relations
- explain the social legislation governing collective bargaining
- explain the scope, nature and purpose of protective legislation such
as those governing human rights and employment standards
- explain the major pieces of Jamaican labour legislation especially the
Labour Relations and Industrial Disputes Act (LRIDA)
170
- explain how industrial relations practice has been changed by the
passing of the LRIDA
- analyze current workplace and industrial issues, processes and
outcomes from a legal perspective.
MGMT3065: MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE

The aim of this course is to provide students with a thorough grounding in
the major issues involved in managing change within contemporary
organizational settings. Additionally, the course aims to assist students to
develop the necessary practical skills and intervention strategies, which are
required to manage change effectively at the individual, group, and
organizational levels, in order to assist an organization to achieve its desired
corporate objectives.
MGMT3066: BUSINESS ETHICS FOR BANKERS

This course focuses on prudent behaviour and seeks to highlight issues that
make behaviour prudent. The course looks at the theoretical bases of
behaviour as they affect decision makers in a market driven economy. It
also deals with historical propositions and modern systems used to
determine ethical behaviour. International best practices for establishing
ethical behaviour will also be studied.
MGMT3067: REGULATORY FRAMEWORK OF BANKING AND FINANCE

This course is designed for students at the intermediate level to familiarize
themselves with the legal environment and practices which govern the
financial services industry. International best practices will also be studied
and comparisons made with local law.
MGMT3069: QUALITY SERVICE MANAGEMENT

Quality service management introduces students to the strategies and
techniques that will lead to effective management of services. The course is
designed to be a highly experiential one in which students will study the
performance of service organizations as well as their response to that
performance. Students who take this course will be exposed to knowledge
about the best practices of local and international service organizations, the
human resource practices that will lead to effective service delivery and the
design of effective service organizations.
MGMT3089: SOCIAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP FOR SUSTAINABLE

DEVELOPMENT
This course will introduce students to the concepts, practices, opportunities
and challenges of social entrepreneurship within the paradigm of
sustainable development. The course will provide a framework and tools
that will help the participants to be more effective in this sector, and will
provide an opportunity for them to practice their business skills through the
171
development of a business plan for a socially responsive, income-earning
venture. Students who participate in this course would gain a better
appreciation of the issues surrounding the operations of the not-for-profit
sector and its role in establishing a durable and dynamic platform for
development within emerging and advanced economies.
MGMT3090: ENTREPRENEURIAL FINANCE

This course will examine approaches to valuing the financial claims of the
entrepreneur and venture capital investors, and structure financial
contracts in light of new venture information problems. Students will gain a
better understanding of the broad range of situations and problems that
they are likely to face when they become entrepreneurs or finance
professionals involved in the financing of new projects. Some of the areas
to be covered include:
i. Financing and harvesting
ii. Contracting processes
iii. Forecasting and valuation
The course aims to provide students with the skill to seek financing for their
own new business venture as well as to evaluate and explain the risks
associated with financing other businesses.
MGMT3101: STRATEGIC PLANNING FOR ENTREPRENEURSHIP

The aim of this course is to introduce participants to basic techniques of
planning under uncertainty, and to give them the chance to apply these
techniques in developing, evaluating and synthesising robust strategic plans
for new and existing organizations. It exposes participants to the theory and
practice of strategic planning as it relates to the operation of open and
competitive systems. It focuses on the tools that can be used to develop
strategic plans for the enterprise operating in open soft systems in the face
of high risk and uncertainty.
MGMT3102: CREATIVITY AND INNOVATION MGMT FOR

ENTREPRENEURSHIP
This course will introduce students to the concepts, practices, opportunities
and challenges of operating under uncertainty and the role of creativity and
innovation management in doing so. The course will provide a framework
and tools that will help the participants to be more effective in adapting to
change and innovation in the market place. Additionally it will provide the
opportunity for them to examine case studies of innovation management,
and learn from the best practices employed. Students will gain a better
appreciation of the issues surrounding creativity and innovation
management in entrepreneurship and its role in establishing a durable and
dynamic model for development especially among MSMEs. Some of the
areas to be covered in the course include: Principles of Innovation,
Fundamentals of innovation, Embracing uncertainty, Managing for
172
innovation, Taking a strategic approach, Building effective implementation
mechanisms,Adapting and shaping technological changes, and The role of
government in innovation.
MGMT3230: CORPORATE STRATEGY

This corporate strategy course will serve as a capstone course for students
in the area of management. The guiding philosophy for this course is that
everything a student learns in management is relevant for the effective
development of strategy in any organization. Therefore, only students in
the final stages of their undergraduate degree will be eligible to take the
course. The course will introduce students to core concepts in strategy, the
tools that are used to monitor strategy in an organization and, the strategy
development process in organizations.
Due to the increased competition that all organizations now face as world
markets integrate the discipline of Strategy has gained greater recognition
as an area of scholarly inquiry in the management discipline. Managers
acknowledge that to effectively deal with the increased competition in their
industry and to ensure the long-term viability of their firms, they will have
to develop and execute effective corporate strategy in order to gain a
competitive advantage. It is therefore important that all management
students are exposed to the concepts and principles in corporate strategy
to operate effectively in this increasingly competitive global marketplace.
MGMT3231: INTERNATIONAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP

The International Entrepreneurship course will examine how individuals can
create and manage entrepreneurial ventures in an international context.
With the rapid integration of markets, entrepreneurial ventures are forced
to become international from inception and as such poses new
management challenges for their owners. This course will help
owners/managers of these ventures to better manage their operations in
an international context. The course is grounded in themes in the area of
entrepreneurship and international business which are fused to provide a
holistic understanding of how small firms do business internationally. It will
give students an idea of how to mobilize resources for international
operations, the best strategy to employ as a small firm seeking to go
international, assess business opportunities internationally and, manage
the venture in different cultural environments. Importantly, it also
highlights how small entrepreneurial firms can raise financing for their
operations in the international market.
MKTG2001: PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING

This course is designed to expose students to modern concepts and tools
for marketing. The focus will be on fundamentals of marketing such as
consumer behaviour, the environment of marketing, marketing information
173
systems, and how managers use the marketing mix strategies to achieve
organizational goals. Lectures will be complemented by industry guest
lectures and field visits to companies operating in the Jamaican
environment.
MKTG3001: INTERNATIONAL MARKETING MANAGEMENT

This course is designed to explore the scope of international marketing. The
course examines the impact of the global environment on marketing
decisions and strategy formulations. Through analysis of different types of
markets, students will develop an understanding and appreciation of how
and the influence and impact this has on Jamaican
businesses, individuals, households and institutions.
This course will acquaint students with the tools they need to understand
international business practice, strategy, and positioning. Students will be
introduced to the field of international business with emphasis on current
issues, globalization, culture, politics, legal issue ethical issues, social
responsibility issues, and negotiations. In addition, the course covers basic
elements of why and how businesses decide to engage in international
business, basic elements in assessing international markets and an overview
of the implementation process.
MKTG3002: MARKETING RESEARCH

Marketing Research has become an important part of our lives as students,
teachers, practitioners and users. Marketing Research is an information
providing activity that aids managers and consumers to make ultimately
better decisions. There are several issues that will be discussed in this class:
the use of marketing research information in decision-making; examination
of the techniques of marketing research; the consumption of marketing
research information.
Objectives:
i. To help students develop an understanding of the use of marketing
research information in strategic decision-making
ii. To familiarize students with the techniques of marketing research
iii. To help students develop the skills to apply marketing research tools
in real life situations.
MKTG3003: MARKETING STRATEGY

This course examines how marketing concepts, techniques and theories can
be used by decision-makers to identify specific threats and marketing
strategy opportunities facing their enterprise and/or organizations. Case
studies and real life projects are the principal teaching methods to be used
in this course. Participants will be required to conduct a marketing audit of
a selected enterprise, identify relevant threats and opportunities and
prepare the appropriate marketing strategy and plan for a financial year.
174
MKTG3010: INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATION
This course is aimed at carrying a unified message to your target market
wherever that may be. It is designed to explore in detail IMC and branding.
Students will examine the role of advertising, public relations, personal
selling, interactive direct and internet media within the IMC programme of
an organization.
MKTG3070: CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR

This course is designed to explore the changing dynamics of consumer
behaviour throughout the purchasing process and to provide students with
the necessary skills to analyze, and shape marketing strategies which
effectively meet consumer needs. The course provides a broad overview of
the following: Consumer motivation, Behavioural considerations affecting
consumer purchase decisions, Meeting consumer needs through selling,
advertising, distribution and related activities. Special emphasis is placed on
the importance of marketing and specifically marketing strategy in
producing desired purchasing behaviour.
PSYC1000: INTRODUCTION TO DEVELOPMENTAL, SOCIAL AND ABNORMAL

PSYCHOLOGY
This course provides an introduction to a discipline that is growing in
popularity as an increasing number of persons have become interested in
gaining an understanding of human behaviour. The course will attempt to
integrate observations from human and animal research and provide
information on a broad range of topics that illustrate how and why we
think, feel and act. This section of the course introduces students to topics
within the areas of abnormal, social and developmental psychology, and
examines psychology in the work place. Psychology Majors will take
PSYC1005 while taking this course.
PSYC1001: INTRODUCTION TO COGNITIVE & PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY

This course provides an introduction to a discipline that is growing in
popularity as more and more people become interested in gaining an
understanding of human behaviour. Overall, the course will attempt to
integrate observations from human to animal research and provide
information on a broad range of topics that illustrate how and why we
think, feel and act. This section of the course introduces students to topics
within the areas of cognitive and physiological psychology.
PSYC1002: INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRIAL & ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY

This course provides an introduction to the field of industrial/organizational
psychology. It involves the application of psychological principles, theories,
research methods and findings and intervention strategies to the study of
people within the workplace context. It draws from various fields of
175
psychology and includes management, human resource development and
sociology. A variety of topic areas will be explored. The course should
appeal to a wide range of students with varying academic interests but is
specifically designed for students who intend to pursue careers in the broad
area of Organizational Development.
PSYC1005: PSYCHOLOGY LABORATORY METHODS: SOCIAL, ABNORMAL

AND DEVELOPMENTAL
The primary purpose of this laboratory course is to introduce students to
key principles of psychological research methods. In addition it will provide
students with practical experience in carrying out basic research focused on
the core areas of psychology, namely social, abnormal, and developmental
psychology, and in writing reports on these research experiences.
(Psychology Majors ONLY)
PSYC1006: RESEARCH IN COGNITIVE & PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY

This course reinforces and builds on knowledge and skills students learn in
PSYC1005. Students will continue to gain experience in collecting
psychological data and writing reports focused on cognitive and
physiological psychology.
PSYC2000: SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY

This is a follow-up of the Social Psychology component of PSYC1000. It
seeks to perform an in-depth study of three major areas in social
psychology: The Self, Interpersonal Relationships and Group Processes.
Understandably, the course attempts to fuse the theoretical perspectives
with a Caribbean application and will draw heavily on Caribbean history and
sociology. Topics include:The Sociological and the Psychological Influences
in Social Psychology, The Self, Attribution, Group Dynamics and Inter-group
Relations, Close Relations, Themes in Caribbean Social Psychology.
PSYC2002: ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY

The study of mental illness makes up a large part of the discipline of
psychology. Many psychologists are interested in the causes, classification
and treatment of abnormal behaviour. This course will attempt to integrate
observations from human and animal research to provide information on
the different types of mental illness, how mental illness develops, who is at
risk and which treatments are most effective. Topics include: Theoretical
Perspectives of Mal-adaptive Behaviours; Mental Health and Mental Illness;
Neurotic and Psychotic Disorders: Nature, Theoretical Explanation,
Treatment; Disorders of Social Development; Introduction to Therapies;
Behaviour Disorders and the Family
PSYC2003: PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
176
This course is offered in the second year and seeks to explore how the
sensory, neural and muscular systems of the body interact to produce and
facilitate behaviour. It also helps students to understand behavioural
problems and to appreciate various biologically derived strategies of
behaviour modification and control. The course covers such areas as, the
body system, the biology of mental processes, motivation and emotion and
the future of psychobiology.
PSYC2004: PERSONALITY THEORY

Students will be introduced to the major theories of personality. The course
will address the historical and cultural background, which informs the
writings of the seminal theorists in the field as well as the relevance of
these theories to current conditions.
PSYC2005: INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY

This course is taught as an introduction to the field of health psychology.
Health psychology is a sub-discipline of psychology that focuses on how
biological, psychological, and social factors are related to the maintenance
of health, the onset and course of illness, and the role that treatment plays.
In this course we will review psychological theories that have implications
for physical and mental health. The lectures are designed to provide you,
the students, with an overview of key theories, research methodologies,
and empirical findings that are relevant to health psychology and
behavioural medicine.
PSYC2006: INTERPERSONAL DYNAMICS

The main objective of this course is to help the student to develop skills in
self-monitoring so as to enhance the ability to conduct effective
interactions with others. The course is an experiential one designed with
particular reference to students interested in counseling and in-group work
practice.
PSYC2007: PSYCHOMETRICS
This course introduces the concepts underlying psychological
measurement. This is primarily done by an in depth examination of the
topic of intelligence. What is intelligence? How has it been measured? How
much is it influenced by environmental factors? In addition, students will
develop their own personality and ability measures in tutorials, and
examine some of the classic tests in these areas. At the end of the course
students should understand the concepts of reliability and validity, item
difficulty, discriminability and factor analysis.
PSYC2008: COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY

This course aims to provide students with an understanding of the major
theories underpinning current cognitive psychology, as well as an
177
awareness of the methodologies used by cognitive psychologists to advance
the discipline. Cognitive psychology currently represents a mainstream area
of the discipline of psychology with which all majors in the area should be
familiar.
The course will commence with an examination of the theories and findings
which have been put forward to explain basic perceptual processes. There
will be consideration of how attention is controlled and directed towards
the environment, and how information is represented and remembered.
The course will then move on to consider the area of language functioning.
Finally, applications of this area of psychology will be highlighted, including
neuropsychology and ergonomics.
PSYC2012: DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY

This course presents a comprehensive view of the physical and
psychological development of the individual from birth through to death.
The course looks at different models of development and analyses of each
model in terms of its relevance to the Caribbean. Students are actively
engaged throughout the course in analyzing the real life problems of
children and adolescents in the Caribbean.
PSYC2017: POLITICAL PSYCHOLOGY

This course is an introduction to the field of Political Psychology, a multi-
level interdisciplinary field that examines the intersection of power and
psychology. Political Psychology (psychology of politics) employs diverse
theories and research tools to attempt to explain and make sense of why
political elites, mass publics and individuals think, feel and act as they do in
relation to power and how these thoughts, feelings and actions shape the
course of politics and of psycho-socio-cultural development.
PSYC2019: EXPERIMENTAL AND APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY

This course emphasizes and demonstrates the importance of
experimentation as a method of exploring and establishing relationships
and of providing an evidential basis for claims made in psychology. The
importance of operationalization and of the development of techniques of
measurement is also emphasized. In the end, students are expected to have
skills with respect to the basics of experimental design in psychology and
they are also expected to be able to analyze and decipher critically, the
experimental descriptions and protocols provided in the literature.
PSYC3001: SOCIAL COGNITION

This course seeks to develop an understanding of the cognitive processes
occurring in every day social life. Firstly we examine models of individual
and social cognition, and then proceed to understand the social aspects of
cognitive processes such as attribution and person perception. Finally we
178
explore semiotics and the effects of the mass media (medium theory) on
social cognition. Social cognition refers to the system of mental constructs
and strategies that are shared by group members. In particular, it relates to
those collective mental operations involved in the representation and
understanding of social objects and in the establishment of the self as a
social agent.
PSYC3007: APPLIED SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY

Using a social and psychological knowledge base and applying it to selected
organizational institutional and community contexts in Caribbean Society,
this course presents a programme of social psychological theory, methods
and projects, assigned to provide students with basic tools for analyzing and
solving problems of interpersonal, organizational and community relations,
while taking account of the human resource and institutional development
needs of Caribbean Society.
PSYC3008: ELEMENTS OF COUNSELING AND PSYCHOTHERAPY

This course provides an introduction to the fields of counseling and
psychotherapy in a complex multicultural society. The course will cover
professional foundations and provide an overview of the counseling and
therapeutic process. Students will learn simple interviewing and assessment
techniques, the taking of psychological histories as well as basic
communication and problem solving skills in a therapeutic context.
Students will also be exposed to methods for evaluation, recording and
research in counseling and psychotherapy.
PSYC3009: COUNSELING PRACTICUM

This course aims to provide students with increased comfort and
confidence in the art of counseling and psychotherapy and/or increased
familiarity with how psychological theories and methodologies are used in a
practical setting. Students will be attached to a site where psychology is
practiced (e.g. hospitals, schools, businesses, jails, police stations,
counseling centres) and supervised by psychologists working in the field, in
order to gain practical experience in the field of psychological counseling.
Student experiences will vary but may include exposure to group and
individual therapy, conducting interviews, psychological assessment, inter-
disciplinary rounds, participating in feedback sessions and collecting
empirical data.
PSYC3010: APPLIED GROUP DYNAMICS

This course provides opportunities for the experiential exploration of topics
in intra-personal dynamics. It is presented as a Group Dynamics Laboratory
in which participants develop the techniques necessary for effective work in
and with teams. Participants will explore the following topics: Group
Intervention and facilitation; Building group cohesion; Communication and
179
co-ordination; Leadership and decision-making styles; Task performance;
Negotiation and conflict resolution. In this course students participate as
group members and analyze their own responses and those of other
participants. Participants learn and develop their skills by experiencing the
reality of attribution, communication and other interpersonal principles
that make up the substance of group relations.
PSYC3011: RESEARCH PAPER IN PSYCHOLOGY(Year Long - 6 Credits)

This course enables students to carry out a piece of empirical or theoretical
work chosen from a range of topics. At the start of the course,lectures will
be geared towards the review of the essentials of research design and
helping students to frame an appropriate research question. They will then
be assigned individual supervisors who will guide them through the
research process. At the end of the first semester students hand in a brief
literature review and rationale, and at the end of semester two a full
research dissertation is required. Students intending to pursue further
studies in psychology should note that this is an essential course to have on
their transcript.
PSYC3027: BEHAVIOUR MANAGEMENT

This course introduces students to basic principles in behaviour
modification, and the procedures and methods used to understand, assess,
and change behaviour problems. Specifically, the course presents a survey
of important behaviour modification procedures designed to overcome
problems across a broad spectrum of human dysfunction (e.g. fears, simple
phobias, test anxiety, school violence, and self-esteem). Additionally, the
course is designed to equip students with the knowledge and skills of how
behaviour modification procedures have been applied in the field of
developmental disabilities, education and special education, clinical
psychology, community psychology, and self-management. Finally, the
materials in the course examine important behaviour modification
procedures applied in the area of prevention, including stress management,
sexually transmitted diseases, emotional abuse, neglect, school violence,
and drug use/misuse.
SOCI1001: INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL RESEARCH

This course seeks to provide students with an introduction to basic social
research methods. It involves discussions of Research Traditions,
Formulating a Research Problem, Selecting and Measuring Variables,
Research Design, Questionnaire Designs, Writing a Research Proposal,
Research Methods, Data Analysis, Writing the Research Report.
SOCI1002: INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY I

This course seeks to expose students to the basic concepts of Sociology
applied in the context of a developing country. The works of the classical
180
theorists Durkheim, Marx and Weber are explored in providing an
understanding of different models of society. The course also focuses on
issues of culture, class, race, social stratification, family and gender as they
relate to Caribbean Societies.
SOCI1003: SOCIOLOGY AND DEVELOPMENT

This course builds on the basic foundation of SOCI1002 by focusing on the
applications of sociological concepts to the processes involved in
development. It will equip students with an understanding of the basic
concepts and measures that are used in the analysis of Development.
SOCI1005: INTRODUCTORY STATISTICS FOR THE BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES

This course covers the same material as ECON1005, but focuses more on
social and psychological examples such as the calculation and interpretation
of such questions and introduces students to basic univariate and bivariate
statistics. It focuses on levels of measurement and the appropriate
interpretation of each statistic computed. Social and psychological
examples are used for each application.
SOCI1006: INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY

In this course students will learn about the discipline of anthropology, the
scientific study of human diversity and similarity. Although it focuses on
social/cultural anthropology, it will introduce students to the other
subfields (archaeology, linguistic anthropology, physical/biological
anthropology). Students will explore some of the main themes that
religion and language. More contemporary concerns such as migration,

diaspora and globalisation will also be discussed.
In addition to showing what anthropology is, the course will show how
anthropology is done, by discussing its trademark research technique of
ethnographic fieldwork and providing an opportunity for students to do
their own work in the field. It will also discuss career opportunities as an
anthropologist, both in academia and in such fields as international
development and public health.
SOCI2000: CLASSICAL SOCIAL THEORY

The objective of this course is to bring the student to a deeper
understanding and appreciation of the origins of sociological thought, and
the ideas of the main thinkers during the formative years of the discipline. It
explores different concepts and definitions and expands on the basic
information provided of the classical theories in the introductory course,
down to earth
sociology.
181
SOCI2001: MODERN SOCIAL THEORY
A sequel to SOCI2000, this course is designed to discuss the more recent
th
theoretical developments in theory. Beginning with the early 20 Century
theorists it continues to the present, where it explores the very basis of
sociology today in the postmodern world.Like its predecessor, it emphasizes
critical thought. A central issue is the fundamental relationship between the
individual and society. The intention is for students to question and defend
(if necessary) the status and importance of sociological analysis today. As
with its precursor it is a down to earth sociology, taught with references
SOCI2004: INTRODUCTION TO POPULATION

This course is designed to equip students from all faculties with a basic
understanding of the ways in which population variables interact with
economic, political, social, cultural, physical and environmental factors to
create a changing balance. The course introduces students to the basic
measures which are used by demographers to describe the structure of
populations, as well as the changes induced by births, deaths and
migration.There is no pre-requisite for this course, but through active
participation in the course, students will gain experience in the calculation
and interpretation of basic rates and ratios, as well as an understanding of
the relationships between patterns of development and population changes
and distribution.
SOCI2005: REPRODUCTIVE HEALTH AND FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION

This course seeks to equip students with a working understanding of the
biological aspects of sexual and reproductive health, and the social and
psychological issues that surround the area. From this foundation, the
ethical and legal issues are also considered, as well as the key debates in
the field. Students are exposed to the types of programmes for family
planning and family life education, and introduced to some of the
approaches widely used in counseling for reproductive health.
SOCI2006: QUALITATIVE METHODS IN SOCIOLOGICAL RESEARCH

Outline: Philosophical and Methodological Foundations; Strategy for Field
Research; Selecting and Gaining access to a Setting; Modes of Observation
and Methods of Recording Data; Unstructured Interviews; Types of
Qualitative Research; Personal Documents; Historical and Archival Sources;
Ethical Issues; Case Study Methods and Computer Application.
SOCI2007: SURVEY DESIGN AND ANALYSIS

This course will focus on Problem Formulation and Alternative Research
Designs; Sample Design and Selection; Questionnaire Design; Data
182
Processing and Analysis; Univariate, Bivariate and Multivariate Analysis of
Tables; Use of Statistical Packages to enter and analyze data.
SOCI2008: STATISTICS FOR THE BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES

This course is a continuation of SOCI1005. It reviews basic statistics and
focuses on both parametric and non-parametric statistical testing. Students
are required to learn SPSS software for each of the statistical tests taught.
These skills are used to prepare a research report based on social and
psychological data.
SOCI2009: STATISTICAL COMPUTING FOR SOCIAL RESEARCH

This course is practical in its orientation, and is designed to allow students
the opportunity to develop competence in the use of the computer-based
Statistical Package for the Social Sciences (SPSS). The objective of the course
is to ensure that participants understand the relationship between
theoretical concepts, empirical measures and the computing techniques
necessary to analyse data and explore social relationships. This course will
nds-
their secondary data analysis skills. Throughout the course, students will
work with an international dataset and a Jamaican dataset and will learn
how to formulate their own research questions, develop hypotheses,
conduct statistical analyses and write a complete research report. This
course is strongly recommended for students planning to pursue the MSc in
Sociology.
SOCI2011: SOCIAL AND CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY

In this course students will learn the discipline of anthropology, the
scientific study of human diversity and similarity. It will discuss the various
subfields of anthropology (archaeology, linguistic anthropology and
physical/biological anthropology), as well as some of the classic themes of
anthropology that have emerged over the years. It will focus on themes
that have recently emerged in anthropology such as visual anthropology,
the anthropology of dance, the anthropology of violence and anthropology
of the internet.
SOCI2017: CARIBBEAN SOCIETY: CONTINUITY AND CHANGE

Outline: Caribbean in the World System: Theoretical Perspectives;
Population Trends: Growth, Composition, Contribution to Internal and
External Migration; Labour: Employment, Occupation, Organization; Rural
and Urban Social Organization; Social Differentiation: Gender, Ethnicity,
Class; Revolution and Reaction: Crisis Stagnation, Transformation
SOCI2018: ANTHROPOLOGY OF AFRICA

This course considers Africa from an anthropological perspective, covering
nthropological themes such as kinship, religion and social
183
organization. Importantly, the course rejects early anthropological studies
of Africa that treat ethnic groups as static self-contained units, and
considers them as dynamic and responsive to external influences. It also
aims to explore contemporary Africa through consideration of its colonial
and post-colonial history. This course also takes a critical look at
anthropology itself, by attempting to locate its role in the colonial
enterprise and in th The ultimateaim is to
debunk popular and longstanding myths about Africa and blackness.
SOCI2020: IDENTITY AND CONDUCT IN THE DANCEHALL CULTURE

This course provides a scholarly approach to the study and comprehension
of
anthropology - the study of culture. The course also seeks to increase and
expand knowledge on dancehall culture through an examination of the
genesis and evolution of dancehall as a socio-cultural system. Some areas to
be examined include cosmology, aesthetics, politics, sexuality, gender
socialization and transnational cultural interpretations to name a few. The
emphasis will be on how people use the dancehall culture for identity
construction. Finally, the course will also examine dancehall culture and its
worldview in relation to the wider Jamaican culture, the Caribbean and the
World.
SOCI2111: ANTHROPOLOGY OF RELIGION

This course is intended to provide students with an understanding of how
religious beliefs vary around the world. Students will begin with the basic
concepts underlying belief in the sacred and supernatural and apply these
to various religious systems. They will also consider how religion is used in
resistance movements and identity politics. Students will focus on religions
in the Caribbean, observe Jamaican religious practices and systems and
conduct their own research.
SOCI3001: THOUGHT AND ACTION IN AFRICA OF THE DIASPORA

This is a programme which falls within the area of study called Diaspora
Studies. We aim to look at how Africans of the Diaspora, principally in
Jamaica and the USA, moved in thought and deed from being on the
outskirts of the New World Societies to which they were brought, to social
th
and political participation in these societies, in the 20 Century. Given its
intentions, this programme falls principally in the domain of historical
sociology. We look at what current writers say on the matter of social death
and social inclusion of the African of the Diaspora, as well as at data which
speak to this behaviour.
SOCI3004: TOURISM AND DEVELOPMENT

This course is aimed at providing an understanding of the tourist industry,
mainly from a sociological and social, as well as a psychological perspective.
184
It seeks to provide a comprehensive understanding of the nature of tourism
policies and their actual and potential impacts on the social and cultural
fabric of Caribbean societies. Students will learn about the evolution of
tourism in the Caribbean; the relationship between Caribbean tourism and
global tourism; the link between theories of development and tourism; and
the methods associated with tourism impact analysis. They will also be
exposed to actual case studies of tourism impacts in the Caribbean.
SOCI3008: INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY I: THEORY AND METHODS

The overarching objective of the course is to enable potential managers to
understand the influence of the wider societal context on the operations
within their organizations. At the end of the course you should have, as part
of your tools of management, an appreciation of industrial society and its
place within human society. The course aims to provide students with an
understanding of the ways in which the process of industrialization has
shaped societies. Central to this endeavor is the treatment of work as a
sociological phenomenon. Some of the areas that are covered in this regard
include technology and its influence on the workplace, and the influence of
gender and class in the study of work.
To those of you involved in human resource management, the course will

provide you with an understanding of some of the salient factors that
influence job satisfaction. It will also review the nature of relations among
workers, and between workers and management. As an instructional
exercise, the course aims to foster the development of the following skills:
comprehension; application; analysis; and synthesis of information.
SOCI3011: RESEARCH PAPER IN SOCIOLOGY

This is a one semester 3-credit course which only Sociology Majors will be
allowed to take in their final semester. Only students who have obtained a
+
minimum of grade B in either SOCI2009 or SOCI2006 will be allowed to
register for this course. The objective of the course is to allow students the
opportunity to develop their research skills through the conduct of an
independent research undertaking, culminating in a full-length research
report. The research paper will serve to integrate theoretical perspectives
and methodological techniques, and should preferably be selected with
SOCI3015: INTRODUCTION TO THE EVALUATION OF SOCIAL PROGRAMMES

This course provides an introduction to the theory and the practice of
programme design, monitoring and evaluation. The course will cover the
basic methodological concepts and skills in needs assessment, programme
planning, evaluability assessment, programme monitoring and evaluation.
Students will learn how to develop logic or impact models for the design of
effective social programmes and will gain a basic understanding of how
185
these programmes should be monitored and evaluated. Students will also
be exposed to some of the key research designs utilized in programme
evaluation.
SOCI3018: DEMOGRAPHY I: POPULATION, TRENDS AND POLICIES

The objective of this course is to empower the student with facts, theories
and controversies in the field of population studies, so that he/she can
understand and participate in discussions relating to the interface between
population and development in his/her nation, region or the world. This
course examines: The nature of demography; The relationship between
demography and other disciplines; Source of demographic data; Types of
errors in demographic statistics; Basic rates and ratios in the study of
fertility, nuptiality, mortality and migration; Theories of population trends,
problems and prospects; Demographic history of the Caribbean population
policies; Population and Development.
SOCI3021: DEMOGRAPHY II: DEMOGRAPHIC TECHNIQUES

The objective of this course is to equip the student with the skills needed to
collect and analyze demographic data for decision-making at various levels.
Included are; Techniques for evaluating and adjusting errors in
demographic data; Construction of Life Tables; Use of Life Tables in
demographic research; Introduction to demographic models/Model Life
Tables; Methods for estimating fertility and mortality from defective data;
Population estimates and projections; Computer applications and analysis.
SOCI3022: POPULATION, ENVIRONMENT AND DEVELOPMENT

The major objective of this course is to explore the inter-relationships
between population, environment and sustainable development, with
special emphasis on the Caribbean. The focus will be on the human, rather
than the physical dimensions of population and environment issues, and
the course will examine critically the policy issues which arise as a result of
these linkages.
SOCI3024: POPULATION AND SOCIAL POLICY

This course has been designed to allow students the opportunity to explore
the policy implications and alternatives, which emerge from their study of
the changing interactions between population and development. It will
allow for detailed investigation of the questions which are encountered in
other demography courses such as environmental degradation, urban
growth and teenage pregnancy.
SOCI3025: CARIBBEAN CULTURE

This course seeks to equip students with an in-depth understanding of core
aspects of Caribbean Culture. Topics include: nationalism and identity,
186
belief systems, religion, the arts, sports, family and kinship, and gender
roles.
SOCI3026: SOCIOLOGY OF DEVELOPMENT

This course is aimed at providing students with the opportunity to critically
examine the current conceptual and theoretical framework associated with
the study of social change and development in order to foster an
appreciation for the approaches to understanding development.
SOCI3027: GENDER AND DEVELOPMENT

The main objective of this course is to expose students to the introduction
to gender perspectives in development theory, and the application of
gender perspectives to the analysis of Caribbean development. The main
gender issues in contemporary Caribbean development will be explored,
with special emphasis on gender in the urban and rural economy, labour
force patterns and labour force development, and gender-aware
management systems. Knowledge and skills for addressing gender issues in
economic development will be a central theme of the course.
SOCI3030: GLOBALIZATION AND DEVELOPMENT

This course builds on the theoretical understanding of development that
students acquired in SOCI3026. It surveys a number of important aspects of
globalization and the ways in which they impact on the process of
development. It provides students with an in-depth understanding of
globalization and its implications for contemporary issues and policy
questions such as employment, poverty, food security and environmental
degradation.
SOCI3032: CRIMINOLOGY I
The course will cover the following: Criminals and Criminology,
Development of Criminology: Philosophical Foundations; Schools of
Thought; Theories of Criminal Behaviour; Crime and Society: Socio-
economic and Political bases.
SOCI3034: ANTHROPOLOGICAL THEORIES

This course will introduce students to the important theories on culture
that underlie the discipline of anthropology. Classic cultural theories such as
social evolutionism, Marxism, functionalism, structuralism, and
interpretive-semiotic approaches will be presented and explored. Students
will also be introduced to more contemporary theories that revolve around
cognitive anthropology, feminism and post-modernism. The class will
examine the utility of each theory for understanding cultural issues in the
Caribbean and across the world.
SOCI3036: CRIMINOLOGY II: POLICE AND SOCIETY

187
This course will be a core course for alter in-depth, graduate examination of
the role of the police in modern, democratic society; the problems
attendant to performance of that role; and of the management of complex
police organizations. The course will, at this level give basic attention to the
role police officers play in the Caribbean and especially Jamaican society. It
will explore ways in which citizens look at the police to perform a wide
range of functions: crime prevention, law enforcement, order maintenance
and community services.
SOCI3038: TECHNIQUES OF COMMUNITY RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

This course introduces students to the attitudes, issues and tools required
for work in communities. It explores the differences between teacher,
trainer and facilitator, examining various communication styles and
appreciating the dynamics of politics, leadership and conflict within and
between communities. Gender issues are also relevant and special
attention will be paid to participatory approaches and methods as well as to
the various components and techniques of organizational strengthening
and capacity building required in community work.
SOCI3040: SOCIOLOGY OF FAMILIES

This is an advanced undergraduate course that introduces students to the
sociological study of the family and establishes foundation knowledge in the
field. Given the pivotal role of the family in developing appropriate cultural
patterns for productivity and development, it is essential to understand
contemporary Caribbean families within the context of the current social,
political and economic environment. This course covers definitions of the
family, the historical relationship between family and society, the diversity
of families, the family life course, sexuality and parenting. Social influences
on family stability and the role of macro social, political and economic
forces on the family are also examined. Finally, we will consider research
methods and policies concerning the family in order to prepare students
with the skills necessary to work in this area.
SOCI3041: INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL MARKETING

Introduction to Social Marketing provides foundation knowledge for
students to acquire critical skills concerning best practices in designing,
planning and implementing social interventions. The course emphasizes
both theory and practice in Social Marketing, in order to provide
participants with the necessary competence to identify and understand
social problems in need of critical solutions and how to conceptualize, plan
and implement an intervention (campaign) to address or alleviate these
problems. Students will be introduced to concepts and theories relevant to
Social Marketing, and will also be given the opportunity to apply the
principles of Social Marketing through planning and implementation of a
social campaign, as part of their course work. They will not be instant
188
experts in the field, however, they will acquire a level of knowledge and
competence to plan and implement an intervention in any field, while
building their skills set in this area.
SOCI3042: RACE, ETHNICITY AND NATIONAL IDENTITIES IN THE CARIBBEAN

This course explores various theoretical perspectives on Race and Ethnicity
from both the fields of Sociology and Cultural Anthropology. It examines
race as a social construct and explores the impact of race, ethnicity and
colour on class, status, self-worth, and social mobility in the Caribbean.
SOCI3043: INTRODUCTION TO MEDICAL ANTHROPOLOGY

This is an introductory course in medical anthropology. It provides a basic
appreciation of how health and illness are explained and understood in a
variety of different settings (both globally and in the Caribbean). Students
will learn how a range of factors - cultural, political, economic and social -
shape health-related knowledge and behaviour. Students will be introduced
to the concepts and theoretical debates within medical anthropology and
learn how knowledge gained through this sub-discipline can be applied to
real-life public health issues. Additionally, they will observe Jamaican
healing practices and systems and conduct their own research using the
methodological tools acquired in the course.
SOCI3044: INTERNATIONAL TRADE AND LABOUR STANDARDS

This course is intended to acquaint the student with the dynamics of
international trade and labour standards in the present world system. It
links both history and the contemporary. Students will be asked to examine
the position of the Caribbean and other developing countries within the
global economic system. Issues of economic dependency, under-
development, capitalism and the Caribbean response to globalization will all
be discussed. The role of the International Labour Organization (ILO) as an
adjunct of the United Nations, as well as other international organizations
that affect the Caribbean will be examined.
Various conventions of the ILO will be analysed both internationally and

regionally relating to; freedom of association and the right to organize,
equal enumeration, setting and monitoring labour standards and child and
forced labour among others. The current influence and power of
international trade organizations and the impact and challenges they
present to the development of Caribbean economies, will form part of the
discourse. Students will be exposed to guest lecturers from relevant
international organizations.
On completion of the course the students are expected to have knowledge

of how the international trade and labour standards affect the region.
Students should be able to discuss issues of development and their policy
189
implications for the Caribbean. They are also expected to offer some
social problems caused by the hegemonic behaviour of international trade

organizations in the Caribbean.
SOCI3045: CAPSTONE COURSE IN SOCIAL POLICY AND DEVELOPMENT

The Social Policy and Development Major is built around the premise that
students should gain an understanding of the organic links between
international forces, development theories, social policies and social
outcomes, and that this can be achieved by the application of the
sociological perspective to social problems and policy. This final year course
will allow students an opportunity to synthesize and integrate discrete
learning experiences gained throughout their degree programme.
Designed as a research activity, this year-long course (6 credits) provides a

practical experience of doing applied sociology. Students will conduct
primary research to explore a social issue which has important policy
implications. Students will meet with relevant stakeholders and develop
policy recommendations. The course utilizes a mixed method approach
which enables students to strengthen their skills in both qualitative and
quantitative research techniques as well as to appreciate the benefits of
combining both approaches. Students will also be assigned specific readings
that must be discussed in the seminars/group meetings that accompany
this course.
SOCI3046: THEORY AND PRACTICE OF RESTORATIVE JUSTICE I

This course looks at the history and the theory of Restorative Justice. We
will also examine the techniques and practicalities of their concept in
Jamaica. Restorative Justice is both a theory and a practice. The principles
are grounded in the practices of the ancient Mori Indians, First Nation and
Native American tribes, and how they deal with offences committed within
their colonies. We will then examine how the father of modern day
Restorative Justice has used the principles to create a theory and the
guidelines for practice of Restorative Justice, which suits modern day
criminal activities. The practice is structured on three pillars: Harms and
Needs of the victim, Obligation of the offender and the engagement of all
parties involved, which are victims, offenders and the community. The
course will also delve into concepts that are important in understanding the
role of the three pillars. Students will then be expected to research some
element of the history and process, then demonstrate its applicability to
modern day issues.
SOCI3047: THEORY AND PRACTICE OF RESTORATIVE JUSTICE II

This course is the second half of the Restorative Justice course and is a
practicum. The students who wish to pursue this course are expected to
190
have completed SOCI3046 before attempting this course. The objective of
this course is to apply the theory and practices that you have gained from
the prerequisite course and apply it to real-world situations, after brief
training and rehearsals. Students will then be placed in an institution to
work alongside the Administration to apply the skills that they have
acquired.
SOWK1001: INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WORK I

This course is designed to introduce students to Social Work as a field and
methodof practice: This will
exploration of:
i. The historical evolution of Social Work, Social Work as a general field of
practice, values and code of ethics, knowledge and skills, development
of Social Work in the Caribbean with special emphasis on Jamaica,
introduction to methods of Social Work intervention
ii. Introduction to Social Work Practicum which involves visits to and
observation of various types of social welfare and social development
service agencies with related seminars and presentations on agency
visits. (Duration: 50 hours). Please note: This one (1) credit course is
retained as SOWK1011 for the Diploma in Social Work students who do
not take section a) of the overall SOWK1001.
SOWK1003: THEORY AND PRACTICE OF SOCIAL WORK I

This course introduces students to two basic integrated frameworks as the
foundation for competent generalist social work practice with individuals,
couples and families; groups and organizations; and communities. The first
framework will demonstrate the important connected areas which provide
the overall context for generalist social work education and practice. The
focus is on increasing competencies in these connected areas.
The second framework will introduce students to a broad inner-outer

paradigm as the basis for learning how to apply theory to practice. Finally,
this course will also emphasize the importance of learning how to do bio-
psycho-social-spiritual assessments as an important aspect of the social
work process when applied to all levels of direct practice.
SOWK1010: SOCIAL WORK PRACTICUM I

Social Work Practicum I ensures the comprehensive preparation of students
new to professional social work as practiced in a developing and
developmental context. The programme is spread over semesters I (38
hours) and II (127 hours) for a total of approximately 165 contact hours
during the first year of professional formation. It encompasses a wide range
of hands-on experiences inclusive of agency observation visits, job
training, skills practice, all day
workshops and integrative seminars. Social Work Practicum I is organized to
191
enable a high level of participation by students; it emphasizes experiential
learning, critical self-awareness and self-analysis as well as provides
is for student transformation into reflective practitioners committed to

lifelong learning.
SOWK2001: LAW AND THE HUMAN SERVICES

This course is structured to enable students to have a thorough grounding
in Law as it relates to human services. It is specifically designed to broaden
to the delivery of services in the private and public sectors, and to expose
them to the administrative machinery of the Law.
SOWK2002&SOWK2003: THEORY & PRACTICE OF SOCIAL WORK II & III

The main objective of these courses offered over two semesters is to
main aspects of social work practice assessment, intervention and

evaluation involving work with individuals, groups and organizations and
communities. Students will participate in lectures/discussions, classroom-
based exercises and field activities.
SOWK2004: DEVELOPMENT OF SOCIAL POLICY

This course seeks to provide students with an understanding of the
meaning of social policy and its importance for national development. The
course will examine various definitions of social policy and models of social
welfare, and will trace the broad historical developments in Caribbean
social policy making. It will examine the role of various actors in the social
policy and programme development process and will highlight the
importance of research for social policy design, monitoring and evaluation.
Additionally, the course discusses the paradigmatic shifts that have
occurred in the social policy development process globally and regionally,
with special emphasis being placed on health, education and social welfare
policy.
SOWK2005: ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF SOCIAL SERVICES

The course offers a sound theoretical base together with skills to analyze,
design and effect change in the organization and management of Human
Services. It brings together modern management and organizational
concepts and techniques. It lays the foundation for critical analysis of social
services organization and administration. Emphasis is placed on
understanding and improving organizational performance in terms of the
quality of service, which is delivered through more appropriate use of
human resources. Specific attention is given to social service agencies and
192
their administration such as Health Service, Child and Family Services,
Education, Social Security, Housing, Correctional Services.
SOWK2006: CARIBBEAN SOCIAL ISSUES

This course explores the dynamics of specific social problems which affect
the Caribbean region, noting their contributing factors, impact and existing
policy/national responses. This course offers a guide to identifying,
analyzing and effectively addressing social problems emerging within the
Caribbean. The intent is to give a general overview and to critically consider
contemporary discussions of as well as interventions to address these
issues, using various theoretical models as the basis of understanding the
dynamics of social problems. The topics examined are crime and violence,
poverty, ageing among others.
SOWK2007: DISABILITY STUDIES

This course will identify the ways in which differently-abled persons are
-
within the existing political, social, cultural and legal systems. This course is
taught in partnership with persons with disabilities and is grounded in the
epistemological belief that the creation of knowledge about disability
should be with/by people with disabilities. This course will take students on
an interesting journey which begins with sensitization to the experience of
disability, explores the pathways of acceptance and inclusion and arrives at
the destination of policy and advocacy.
SOWK2008: SOCIAL WORK PRACTICUM II(Year Long 6 Credit)

This course offers supervised placements involving working with individuals,
families, treatment or social groups, or community organizations in
programmes which have primarily a rehabilitative, a social development or
a social action focus. These may be in any of the following types of settings:
Clinical, Child and Family, Education, Counseling and Rehabilitation and
Community. Weekly field integrative seminars will seek to enhance the
s, discussion of cases to
integrate theory with practice, building network systems for more efficient
practice and an introduction to the fine art of peer group supervision
(Duration 320 hours).
SOWK2009: SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE SKILLS LAB

This course will help students to further develop the practice skills
introduced to them in their first year of study. It will focus on developing
competence in building client/worker relationships, whether at the
individual, small group, community or organizational level. The course will
make extensive use of experiential and reflective learning strategies.
193
SOWK2021: HUMAN BEHAVIOUR IN THE SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT
This course provides a comprehensive examination of human behaviour
throughout the developmental lifespan and within different social settings
from the unique social work perspective of the person-in-environment.
General systems/ecological theory provides the underpinnings for this
approach from which the systems paradigm and model were developed as
frameworks for classifying other theoretical concepts, assessing social
problems and for devising prevention and intervention strategies when
working with clients. Specific attention will be given to current social
problems in the Caribbean as they affect and are affected by various
systems in the environment.
SOWK 2022: HUMAN BEHAVIOUR IN THE SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT II

The effects of the macro systems on the clients served by social workers
cannot be ignored. Culture, communities, institutions and organisations are
the primary macro systems that continuously have an adverse impact on
individuals and groups within the social environment. Therefore, it is
important that students have an understanding of the connections between
the client's individual problems, and the larger social problems and macro
level change efforts required. This course will make extensive use of a
political economy and social constructionist perspective in theorising the
behaviour of small and large groups and organisations. Finally, students will
examine the implications of this knowledge for practice in the Caribbean
context.
SOWK2107: HEALTH, SOCIETY AND THE HUMAN SERVICES

This course challenges students to holistically assess the health status of
self and others and to examine the criteria for maintaining healthy
lifestyles. The connection between health and development will be
examined as well as the current health status and health trends in the
Caribbean. Students will critically discuss alternative/complementary health
seeking behaviours especially as they affect the biopsychology aspects of
primary health care in the cultural setting. The value of having a public
health responsibility orientation in addition to the need for a
multidisciplinary and interdisciplinary team approach to tackling health
problems will be emphasized. Finally, students will examine the need for
ongoing research and evaluation.
SOWK3000: SOCIAL WORK RESEARCH PAPER (Year Long 6 Credit)

(A maximum of twelve (12) students will be accepted to this course)
(Not offered in 2021/22)
This course will be of particular value to social work students who plan to
continue to pursue graduate studies. The opportunity for conducting an
undergraduate level research course will be a very worthwhile preparation
for their subsequent work responsibilities as social agency employees. The
194
course requires the production of a furnished, moderately sized research
report based on original research and utilizing either quantitative and/or
qualitative methodology.
SOWK3009: THEORY AND PRACTICE OF SOCIAL WORK: COMMUNITY

ORGANIZATION
This course gives an in-depth understanding of community and an
introduction to a modern method of community research. The history of
community development is reviewed, particularly, its interaction in the
Caribbean with the wider economic, political and socio-cultural framework
and techniques of a participatory approach to community are tried out in a
work-study exercise in the field.
SOWK3010: THEORY AND PRACTICE OF SOCIAL WORK:APPLIED SOCIAL

GROUP WORK
This course will give students the opportunity to both experience and guide
the group process. In addition to an examination of the group dynamics
inherent in social settings, students will be introduced to the basic concepts
of Transactional Analysis as a useful theory and tool for assessing
communication, interpersonal styles and human behaviour in groups.
Students will practice specific skills required for demonstrating effective
understanding of and interventions in the beginning, middle and end stages
of selected task and treatment groups.
SOWK3012: SOCIAL WORK IN SCHOOLS

This course will focus on the multidimensional issues and challenges facing
students and the administration within the educational system. The
students will be required to use their generalist knowledge base to develop
appropriate interventions to respond to the needs in this setting. Such
interventions will address the home/school/community dynamics, the need
for a multi-disciplinary team approach and advocacy, thus ensuring the best
interest of the children in the school.
SOWK3014: ADMINISTRATIVE PROCESS IN SOCIAL AGENCIES

This course presents a management approach to the administrative process
in social agencies. It is concerned with the interaction and interconnection
between structure and operations of the administrative process. The
underlying theme of the course is the need for: Administrative
effectiveness; Improvement in the quality of management action; Quality
assurance and recognition of the important role of management as an
integrative activity in the administrative process in social agencies.
SOWK3015: DRUGS AND SOCIETY

This course explores the use and misuse of drugs, the social consequences
and the national and regional implications of drug trafficking. Theories and
195
research relating to these issues are explored and prevention, intervention
and treatment strategies are examined. A multidisciplinary approach is
taken in order to give the students a broad understanding of this complex
problem.
SOWK3017: SOCIAL WORK PRACTICUM III (Year Long 6 Credits)

This course has three (3) components:
i. Supervised work placements where students are engaged in social
agency programme planning/development, administration, in-service
training, or direct service roles which require more advanced levels of
intervention activities with individuals, groups, families and
communities (Duration 320 hours)
ii. Supervision Module: Social Work Supervision as a process The
Administrative; Educational and the Counselling Components.
Application of Adult Education methods (Andragogy) Individual vs.
Group Supervision;
iii.Field Integrative Seminars: Presentations by students on selected field
placement experiences.
SOWK3020: SOCIAL PLANNING AND PROJECT DESIGN

Students are introduced to the sequence of steps involved in social planning
and how such planning relates to social capital and human development.
Critical contemporary dimensions of social planning, namely participation,
gender and sustainability, are taken into account. Students address
planning on specific current social issues and practice toward acquiring
some basic skill in one form of social planning designing a project
proposal.
SOWK 3028: SOCIAL WORK IN SCHOOLS

This course will focus on the multidimensional issues and challenges facing
students and the administration within the educational system. The
students will be required to use their generalist knowledge base to develop
appropriate interventions to respond to the needs in this setting. Such
interventions will address the home/school/community dynamics, the need
for a multi-disciplinary team approach and advocacy, thus insuring the best
interest of the children in the school.
SOWK3030: THEORY AND PRACTICE OF SOCIAL WORK: CASE WORK

This course is designed to sharpe
with individuals, and families in agencies/institutions providing counseling,
treatment and/or rehabilitative services. The course will build on the
theoretical and practical foundations of Levels I and II. It will focus on
increasing knowledge and skills in both generalist and clinical social work
practice.
196
TOUR1000: INTRODUCTION TO TOURISM & HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT
This course presents a broad view of the hospitality industry. Learners will
appreciate that the hospitality industry is not only about hotels, but that it
also includes restaurants, private clubs, casinos and casino hotels,
consulting firms, and cruise ships. Each segment of the industry offers
numerous and diverse career opportunities
TOUR2002: TRANSPORT AND TRAVEL

The course will focus on the dimensions of tourism; historical, economic,
social, cultural, psychological and environmental characteristics as they
relate to the development of the travel and tourism industry with special
emphasis on the transportation sector. Adequate transportation
infrastructure and access to generating markets is one of the most
important prerequisites for the development of any destination. Thus
tourism travel and transport is a very active element of the tourist product
and experience.
TOUR3000: TOURISM MANAGEMENT

Tourism is a global phenomenon and in the Caribbean the tourism sector is
the main stay of economic success for several Caribbean countries. This
course therefore seeks to educate students on the intricacies of managing
the tourism and hospitality industries. The course acknowledges the fact
that tourism management is not confined simply to supervision within the
tourism and hospitality setting. Instead the course focuses on the major
functions, processes and procedures that are practiced and performed by
the various areas associated with the tourism sector as a whole, as well as
the management structure and functions of the tourism industry.
TOUR3001: SUSTAINABLE TOURISM

The concept of sustainable tourism will be fully explored with the use of
international, regional and national case examples. The supporting policy
and planning mechanisms to achieve sustainable tourism in the Caribbean
will be outlined. Sustainable tourism is designed to expose the student to
the principles of sustainable development within a tourism context. Many
Caribbean countries are dependent on the service industries in general and
tourism in particular as a means of ensuring economic growth and
development. This course will highlight the importance of tourism in
providing economic, socio-cultural and environmental sustainability for
Caribbean economies.
TOUR3004: DESTINATION MARKETING

As the recipient of tourism, the destination is a key element of the tourism
system and provides the focal point for tourism activity and the study of
tourism. Since tourism is consumed where it is produced, the destination
comes under intense scrutiny and pressure from a wide range of sources,
197
providing many challenges for all those involved in tourism in the public and
private sectors. This course will examine the key issues that must be
considered to effectively market the tourism destination. The course
evaluates:
i.
ii. The role that branding, destination image and promotion play in
destination marketing,
iii. The auditing and management of tourism destinations,
iv. The growing importance of the Internet as a communications and
market development tool,
v. Marketing destinations in crisis.
TOUR3005: TOURISM PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT

At the end of this course, learners should have a better understanding of
the importance of the tourism industry to many economies, especially small
economies within the Caribbean/CARICOM region. It is therefore necessary
that workers and potential workers in this industry understand the planning
and organization processes of the industry so as to minimize threats and
maximize opportunities. With the understanding that the essence of
tourism involves the travel to places and the interaction with people, this
entities.
TOUR3007: DESTINATION MANAGEMENT

The course exposes students to issues surrounding the effective
management of tourism destinations. The course focuses on: Destination
development, Issues surrounding destination management, Destination
management policies, Tourism demand, the impacts of tourism, Destination
sales and marketing issues, and Destination planning.
TOUR3009: TOURIST BEHAVIOUR

This course will be based on the already existing MGMT3070-Consumer
Behaviour. The emphasis will now be on hospitality consumers in particular,
with a view to understand how consumption patterns for tourism have
changed with changing demographic factors. The changing consumer is a
key area which must be understood moving forward; as there are increasing
opportunities to introduce pull factors for various types of tourists. From an
economic standpoint, some now view tourism as more than luxury goods
which has implications for marketing efforts.
TOUR3010: CARIBBEAN TOURISM

This course explores the many aspects of tourism in a Caribbean context
including the new and emerging challenges of sustaining a Caribbean
198
tourism industry. There are broad issues that are addressed within the
context of the proposed Caribbean tourism guiding policy principles for
sustainability, including capacity management, marketing, economic
linkages, environment, transport, and health, safety and security. Specific
topics addressed include inter-island transport, multi-destination marketing
and organization to manage Caribbean tourism.
TOUR3110: ECOTOURISM
This course examines the development of the concept of ecotourism
regionally and internationally. It takes students through the various
components of Ecotourism, highlighting in particular, the business potential
of the concept. Emphasis will be placed on understanding the relationship
between tourism, society and
action on the tourism industry. Ecotourism will be examined from the
perspective of its importance as a sustainable option for tourism
development.
199
PART VI
AWARDS, HONOURS, CLUBS
AND SOCIETIES
FACULTY AWARDS AND PRIZES
HONOURS SOCIETY
CLUBS AND SOCIETIES
200
Overview
academic performance in each of the regular semesters during each

academic year; that is Semester 1 and 2 but not the Summer Semester
(Semester 3) or Summer School.
Criteria for Inclusion

Students must have earned a GPA of 3.6 and above for the applicable
semester. Performance during the Summer Semester (Semester 3) or
Summer School is not considered.
Students must have registered for a minimum of three courses for a total
of nine credit hours for the applicable semester. Courses taken for
Preliminary Credits (PC) or which were Audited (V) are not included in the
calculation of courses taken or the credit hours earned.
Students must have completed in a satisfactory manner all courses

for which they were registered during the applicable semester. Thus,
ester an AB:
Absent, F1, F2 or F3: Failed, FA: Failed Absent, FC: Failed Coursework,
FE: Failed Examination, FT: Failed Theory, I: Incomplete, NA: Not
Available, NP: Not Passed, NR: Not Reported or NV: Auditnot
Satisfactory.
or the applicable semester an IP: In

Progress, an AM: Absent Medical, FM: Failed Medical,and or a LW:
Late Withdrawal,
have completed the minimum three courses for a total of nine credit
hours and have met the other criteria.
Publication and Notification Guidelines
deadline for the posting of final grades for the applicable semester. Once
pdated based on late
error.
boards.
201
The published
it shall also be archived for future reference.
Students shall be notified of their inclusion by a letter from the Dean.

Letters shall be distributed electronically via UWI-provided email
addresses.
Omissions
Where it is discovered that the name of a student had been left off the
published List,
official List and the student shall be notified in
writing, however no adjustment shall be made
(see guidelines above for details).
202
FACULTY PRIZES AND AWARDS
A. CROSS-CAMPUS PRIZES
Students in the Faculty of Social Sciences are nominated annually for the
following cross-campus prizes.
1. Cross Campus Social Sciences First Year Prize

Presented to the student, registered for an undergraduate Social
Sciences degree, who obtains the highest degree GPA in the Level one
examinations across all campuses.
To receive the Social Sciences First Year Prize a student must have:
Been nominated by one of the Faculties of Social Sciences or the Open
Campus Academic Programmes and Delivery;
Done the majority of credits while registered in the Social Sciences;
Completed the 30 credits in a single year, if registered full-time;
Completed the 24 credits within two (2) years, if registered part-time;
Passed all UWIcourses, including foundation courses, on the first
attempt;
Completed at least 30 credits, all of which must be relevant to the
completion of the programme for which the student is registered, If
registered full-time;
Completed at least 24 credits, all of which must be relevant to the
completion of the programme for which the student is registered, If
registered part-time;
If granted credit exemption for courses done at other institutions,
completed at least 24 credits earned while registered at UWI;
The highest GPA counting all Level Icourses including Foundation
Courses (or courses substituted for Level I courses or where a Level II
course is permitted as Level I)attempted at UWI including those done
in other faculties prior to entering the FSS save that preliminary
courses will not be counted and that the credits for courses done at
other institutions shall be treated on a pass/fail basis;
In the event of a tie, the prize will be shared.
2. Charles M. Kennedy Prize - Cross Campus Final Year Economics Prize

Presented to the student awarded an undergraduate Social Sciences
degree with a major in Economics who achieves the highest degree GPA
in the Level II and III examinations across all campuses.
To receive the Charles M. Kennedy Prize, a student must have:

Been nominated by one of the Faculties of Social Sciences or the Open
Campus Academic Programmes and Delivery;
203
Been awarded an undergraduate Social Sciences degree with a major
or special in Economics;
The highest degree GPA in all courses taken at Levels II and III
examinations;
In the event of a tie, achieved the highest cumulative GPA calculated
using all three Levels.
In the event the tie is not broken, the prize will be shared.
3. Hugh Springer Prize - Cross Campus Final Year Prize

Presented to the student, awarded an undergraduate degree in
Humanities and Education or Social Sciences, who achieves the highest
degree GPA in the Level II and III examinations across all campuses.
To receive the Hugh Springer Prize, a student must have:
Been nominated by one of the Faculties of Social Sciences or of
Humanities and Education or the Open Campus Academic
Programmes and Delivery;
Been awarded an undergraduate degree from one of the Faculties of
Humanities and Education or Social Sciences;
The highest degree GPA in all courses taken at Levels II and III
examinations.
In the event of a tie, achieved the highest cumulative GPA calculated
using all three Levels.
In the event the tie is not broken, the prize will be shared.
204
FACULTY AND DEPARTMENTAL PRIZES AND AWARDS
Students are nominated either by their department or the Faculty Office.
Ceremony which is held annually on the third Thursday in January each

year. Only awardees will receive an invitation to attend.
Centre for Disability Studies
Floyd Morris Award - The Floyd Morris Award is made to the Faculty of
Social Sciences student who has performed well academically, and also
registered with the Office for Special Student Services
Nittala N. Murthy BSc Scholarship - Awarded to second or third year

students pursuing a full-time BSc Degree in Economics or Statistics.
University examinations.
Alfred A. Francis Prize - Awarded to the student pursuing the BSc.

Economics Major with the highest score in the course ECON3049. The
student must have obtained a minimum grade of B+.
The Department of Economics Prize - Awarded annually to the two (2)

students with the highest aggregate in year 2, in the BSc. Economics and
Statistics options.
The Department of Economics Prize for the Best Research Paper in

ECON3050: Applied Econometrics - Awarded to three (3) undergraduate
students who wrote the best empirical research papers in the course.
Ann Spackman Memorial Prize - Awarded annually to a Mona student

registered for any degree programme within the Faculty of Social Sciences,
who has performed best in the course GOVT1000.
Carl Stone Memorial Prize - Awarded to a FSS student with the best overall
performance, when averaged, in the courses GOVT2044 and GOVT2054.
Nethersole Prize - Awarded annually to the final year student with the best
performance in any degree offered by the Department of Government, with
the exception of the BSc. International Relations programmes.
205
Sir Laurence Lindo Prize - Awarded to a Mona student with the best
performance in the BSc. International Relations, Levels II and III final
examinations provided the student obtains Second Class Honours.
Archie Singham Memorial Prize - Awarded to the students with the best
performance in GOVT2006andGOVT2007.
Paulette L. Wilson Memorial Prize - Awarded annually to a Mona student

registered for any degree programme within the Faculty of Social Sciences,
who has performed best in GOVT1012: Introduction to Public Policy and
Management.
Edwin Jones Scholarship for Excellence in Public Policy and Management -

Awarded to the student with the best academic performance in the BSc.
Public Policy and Management.
Rupert Lewis Prize Awarded to the student with the highest grade in the
course GOVT2005: Caribbean Political Thought.
Gladstone E. Mills Prize - Awarded to the graduate with the highest degree
GPA in the BSc. Public Policy and Management.
Council of Voluntary Social Service (CVSS) Social Work Prize - Awarded to

the student with the best overall performance in the BSc. Social Work final
examinations.
Jamaica Association of Social Workers (JASW) Prize - Awarded to the

student with the best overall performance in Level 2 of the BSc. Social Work
programme.
Social Work Alumni/June Dolly Besson Memorial Award - Awarded

annually to a Mona student with the best performance in Level I of the BSc.
Social Work examinations.
Lloyd Braithwaite Memorial Sociology Prize - Awarded to the student with

the best performance in Levels II and III of the BSc. Sociology (Major).
The Psychology Prize - Awarded to a finalizing Psychology (Major) student

with the highest average grade in the psychology courses.
Hermione McKenzie Prize in Social Policy - Awarded to the student with

the highest grade in the course SOWK2004: Development of Social Policy.
206
Ernst & Young Auditing Prize -Awarded to the Accounting (Major) graduate
who received the highest mark for the course ACCT3043: Auditing 1.
Ernst & Young Taxation Prize - Awarded to the Accounting (Major)

graduate who received the highest mark for MGMT3051: Taxation 1.
Ernst & Young Co-op in Accounting Prize Awarded to the student who
participated in the Co-op in accounting programme at Ernst & Young and
obtained the highest grade point average within the programme.
The Mona School of Business and Management Prize - Awarded to the

student with the most outstanding performance in the final examinations in
any one of the BSc. Management Studies (Majors).
The Mona School of Business and Management Prize in Management

Studies - Awarded to the final year student with the most outstanding
performance in the Management Studies (Major).
The Mona School of Business and Management Prize in Accounting -

Awarded to the final year student with the most outstanding performance
in the Accounting(Major).
The Banking and Finance Prize - Awarded to the final year student with the
most outstanding performance in the Banking and Finance (Major).
The Mona School of Business and Management Prize in Human Resource

Management - Awarded to the final year student with the most
outstanding performance in the Human Resource Management (Major).
The Mona School of Business and Management Prize in Marketing -

Awarded to the final year student with the most outstanding performance
in the Marketing (Major).
The Mona School of Business and Management Prize in Tourism

Management - Awarded to the final year student with the most
outstanding performance in the Tourism Management (Major).
- Awarded to the final year student

with the highest GPA who has specialized in the field of Human Resource
Development, Human Resource Management, Labour and Employment
Relations, or Entrepreneurship. The student should have maintained at
least a actively participated in a non-academic
university activity which indicates commitment to community building.
207
FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES HONOURS SOCIETY
Overview
engendered by the Dean of the Faculty at that time, Barry Chevannes, to

top-performing students. He
-going activities
to not only nurture and enrich its members, but also to showcase them to
their peers so as to encourage a scholarly culture on campus. It was
envisioned that after graduation, the Club members would perhaps be the
maintained with these prospective graduate students, employees and

future lecturers/ researchers.
Membership
Each year the most outstanding students who have demonstrated excellent
performance in Level I (a cumulative level I GPA above 3.6) of their BSc.
degree are inducted into the Honours Society at the Annual Breakfast
Ceremony held in October each year.
Students would have met the other criteria of not having failed FOUN1013-
Critical Reading and Writing in the Social Sciencesor FOUN1019-Critical
Reading and Writing in the Disciplines and not exceeding the maximum of
one failed course (not including English). They join the (now level III)
members inducted from the previous year.
Structure and Leadership

The Society is directly governed by an executive body in conjunction with
the Dean. The five-member executive body is comprised of a President, Vice
President, Treasurer, Public Relations Officer and a Secretary. At any time
there should be at least two staff advisers assigned to the Society to help
assist the executive body in directing the Society in fulfilling its purpose.
208
STUDENT CLUBS, ASSOCIATIONS AND SOCIETIES
Listed below are thevarious clubs, societies and associations that are
organized and run bystudents of the Faculty of Social Sciences as well as
others that may be of interest. The majority of thesegroups meet on
Thursdays between the hours of 2pm and 5pm.Students should check with
the Office of Student Services and Development (OSSD) or the FSS Guild
Representative for further information and meeting schedules.
Association of Aspiring Accountants

Circle K
Dreamswork Elite
Faculty of Social Sciences Honours Society
Governance Society
Human Resource Management Association
League of Future Economists
Optimist Club of UWI Mona
Psychology Student Association
Rotaract Club
Social Works Student Association
The Banking League Society
United Nations Club (UWI Chapter)
University Marketing Association
UWI Environmental Club
UWI Peer Support Advisors
UWI Students Today Alumni Tomorrow
UWI Toastmasters
UWI Tourism Society
Young Economist Association
Young Investor's Club
209
PART VII
CODES OF CONDUCT
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
GUIDELINES FOR INSTRUCTIONAL SESSIONS
GUIDELINES FOR USE OF FACULTY FACILITIES
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF COURSE

REPRESENTATIVES
POLICY CONCERNING THE DISPLAY OF

NOTICES
210
RESPONSIBILITIES OF FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES STUDENTS
All Faculty of Social Sciences students are guided to accept responsibility for
their learning, development and experience. To this end, students are
encouraged to:
(a) familiarize themselves with the regulations and observe the guidelines for
academic and behavioural conduct as prescribed by the Faculty and the University;
(b) be informed of the services provided and resources available;
(c) be managers of their time;
(d) closely follow the programme requirements as set out in the Faculty Handbook
for the year in which they joined the programme;
(e) seize opportunities that will foster personal growth and enrich their University
experience;
(f) provide feedback to make the Faculty one which maintains a commitment to the
pursuit of excellence in service, teaching, and research;
(g) get to know their instructors. Such a relationship is valuable especially when an
academic reference is required for a job or to apply for postgraduate studies.
Most instructors prefer to write letters of recommendation for students who they
know very well;
(h) -provided email for

information and updates;
(i) seek help with academic and psychological issues when needed;
(j) become familiar with and practice personal safety measures;
(k) seek to have queries, concerns, and complaints addressed via the appropriate
channels in a timely manner. In-course matters should first be brought to the
attention of the tutor or lecturer. If unresolved, students may, either by
themselves or as a group, take the matter to the Head of the Department
concerned and subsequently to the Dean;
(l) use designated student parking areas. Students are not usually allowed access to
have a physicaldisability or
otherwise unable to use the University car park because of a medical condition
may apply to the Faculty Office for a special permit; and
(m) adhere to the Faculty -smoking policy in buildings or other enclosed areas.
211
FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES GENERAL CODE OF CONDUCT
Preamble
This code has been generated in line with what is believed to be staff and
appropriate conduct, and has been formulated through constant

consultation with representatives of the relevant groups. This has been
done in recognition of the fact that the faculty and its environs should be
associated or seen as being synonymous with activities that uphold the
expansion and promotion of pursuits of an academic nature; and that

persons therein should aspire to conduct themselves in a manner that may
be considered socially acceptable. Therefore, wholesale and/or blatant
disregard for the stipulations made herein may result in the application of
disciplinary action.
Code of Conduct
(a) Areas surrounding lecture rooms and offices are designated quiet zones.
Students shall therefore refrain from engaging in loud conversation or
any other noise-generating activity that may cause disturbance. This
includes, but is not restricted to singing, recitations, preaching, loud
praying, the use of noise-emitting electronic equipment (i.e. radios,
phones, etc.), and romping and playing of physical games (e.g.
scrimmage). Persons are also to refrain from the use of violent and
offensive language.
(b)
academic nature. The facilities provided therein should therefore be
utilized appropriately and in their rightful fashion.
(c) Persons shall refrain from engaging in behaviour not suited for the
the restrooms. This takes into account, but
is not limited to lying down or sleeping on the furniture, public
grooming, and the playing of games such as cards, dominoes and other
such board games. Persons shall also refrain from engaging in any
activity which amounts to an inappropriate public display of affection.
(d) Persons shall refrain from lingering or congregating along designated

pathways in a manner that may obstruct free movement. This includes
the sitting on of stairs and railings. Additionally, persons shall avoid
walking in or through gardens and related lawns. There shall also be no
riding on the pathways, except in the case of disabled persons who
utilize mobility aids.
212
(e) Persons are not to remove furniture from their prescribed locations. This
includes removing chairs and/or tables from classrooms, benches from
usual positions, etc. An exception may be made in the case where the
movement of furniture is necessary to facilitate the instructional
programme/process, so long as the furniture is replaced in its original
position thereafter.
(f) Persons, in adhering to this General Code of Conduct, shall also be

careful to abide by the stipulations of other such Faculty
Notice Posting Policy.
213
GUIDELINES AND CODE OF CONDUCT FOR INSTRUCTIONAL SESSIONS
Preamble
This Code has been established through a series of consultations between
staff and students and approved unanimously by the Faculty Board. The
University community is comprised of persons with varied backgrounds and
who may have different norms for socially acceptable behaviour.
Additionally changes occur over time in terms of technology, culture and
the environment within which we exist. We must therefore continually
review our relationship with each other so that we may operate
harmoniously within the same space. The Code includes elements that are
prescriptive while others are guidelines which the Faculty seeks to establish
as normative behaviour.
Code of Conduct
(a) During the conduct of any class, there shall be no activity which disturbs
the assembly and affects the order of the proceedings. Instructors have
the right to require any student to leave the classroom if s/he is involved
in disorderly conduct, or alternatively instructors have the right to leave
the classroom themselves.
(b) Cell phones, pagers and alarms of any type shall be turned off during
classes. If there is an emergency for which a student or instructor may
need to use the phone, this shall be indicated at/or just prior to the start
of the class in a manner indicated by the instructor.
(c) Entrance and Exit doors to class rooms shall be used as designated.
Students shall not enter the classroom prior to the end of the preceding
lecture.
(d) Children are only allowed in classes in exceptional circumstances and

instructors must be notified. Where a child begins to disturb the class,
she or he must be immediately taken out of the room.
(e) Garbage shall not be left in the classrooms.
(e) Classes are to start 5 minutes after the hour and end 5 minutes before
consecutive classes elsewhere. Students and instructors are to attend

and leave classes punctually. Students who arrive late may be excluded
from class. Faculty Guideline: Students may be excluded if they arrive 15
minutes or more after the time specified on the timetable.
(g) All white/chalk boards or other instructional aids shall be

cleaned/removed at the end of any class.
214
(h) Students are to be given at least one where the schedule for
a class is being changed and students are to be notified by the scheduled
starting time where a class is expected to commence with a delay.
(i) There shall be no eating or drinking in classes, save in exceptional

circumstances (e.g. students with diabetes or with classes from 11am to
2pm who are unable to eat during a break between classes). Students
who find they must eat shall do so in a manner that ensures minimum
disturbance to the class.
(j) In dressing to come to class, students shall be conscious of their part of a

community, the way others see them based on their deportment, the
standards of dress recognized within various professional environments
and the impact that their mode of dress may have on other members of
the community.
(k) Student representatives for each course are to be selected by the end of
the fourth week of classes.
215
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF COURSE REPRESENTATIVES
(a) The course representative, as elected by the students of a course,

should be seen essentially as being responsible for representing the
interests/concerns of his/her fellow classmates regarding the course to
the lecturer/instructor.
(b) He/She is responsible for maintaining an awareness of his/her
responsible for bringing them to the fore should such action be

warranted.
(c) He/She shall meet with the course lecturer/instructor on a regular basis,
so that they may have a brief discussion regarding the course, where the
course representative can make known to the lecturer whatever general
concerns the students may have and vice versa. It is recommended that
this be done at least once every three weeks.
(d)
pressing concerns that the students of the course may share, and on
what consultation with the lecturer/instructor with respect to these
concerns has yielded.
(e) Should it become necessary to do so, he/she may, in consultation with
the attention of the Head of Department.
(f) He/She should be prepared to make him/herself available to sit on the

Departmental Staff/Student Liaison Committee, should such a request/
appointment be made.
216
GUIDELINES FOR USE OF THE FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES MEETING POINT
(a) The Faculty of Social Sciences Meeting Point has been created for the use
of the students of the Faculty of Social Sciences.
(b) The Faculty of Social Sciences Meeting Point has been established as a
place where students from the Faculty can meet and engage in activities
that are not necessarily of a strictly academic nature.
(c) The Faculty of Social Sciences Meeting point has thus been developed as a
space where students can gather to engage in informal discussions,
participate in quiet recreation and generally take a study break.
(d) The growth of the Faculty has made this necessary as the increasingly
large number of persons gathering within the Faculty has threatened to
disturb the quiet atmosphere that is required for academic pursuits.
(e) The Faculty of Social Sciences Meeting Point has been located close
enough to the Faculty to allow students to easily move to and from classes
while at the same time being sufficiently far away so as to avoid any
disturbance to classes, offices and study areas.
(f) Users are therefore requested to respect the purpose for which the
Faculty of Social Sciences Meeting Point has been created and to maintain
its facilities in good order.
217
GUIDELINES FOR USE OF ALL QUIET STUDY AREAS IN THE FACULTY OF
SOCIAL SCIENCES
(a) The clusters of benches within the Faculty were established several years
ago to provide a space where students could engage in quiet study
between classes.
(b) A concerted effort is now being made to ensure that these clusters are
used for the purpose for which they were built. All users are therefore
being asked to assist in this effort.
(c) At the same time, there is more to student life than classes and quiet
study. In recognition of this a Faculty of Social Sciences Meeting Point has
been created, half the way towards the Main Library, so as to provide a
space for other types of activities.
(d) Students who wish to engage in activities such as informal discussions,

quiet recreation or who wish to take a study break are being asked to
relocate to the Faculty of Social Sciences Meeting Point which has been
developed to accommodate these pursuits.
(e) The Space within the boundaries of the Faculty is primarily an academic
space and must be protected as such. Thus, the culture that we construct
within these boundaries must be one that fosters and promotes an
ambience conducive to teaching, research and study.
(f) In recent years, some of the clusters of benches have been used for
purposes for which they were not intended. This has not helped to build
the kind of atmosphere that is necessary for academic pursuits within the
Faculty.
(g) Some activities are obviously disturbing. These include noisy exchanges
which can disrupt classes and prevent other persons from doing their
work. Yet these are not the only activities that are of concern.
(h) Simply put, the playing of games, discussions of a non-academic nature

and the general meeting, greeting and chatting among friends and
(i) The Faculty supports a balanced student life and encourages wholesome
recreation, the building of lifelong friendships and the lively debate of
issues. At the same time, we must insist that there is a time and a place
for everything.
218
POLICY CONCERNING THE DISPLAY OF NOTICES IN THE FACULTY OF
SOCIAL SCIENCES
A. Purpose of the Policy

18
Notices may emanate from the Faculty or Departmental Office or through
them from another official UWI source, from various units, organizations
and individuals within the University as well as organizations and
institutions outside of the University community. The purpose of this policy
statement is to provide guidelines for the posting of notices so as to make
the communication of information by notices (especially official notices)
more effective, to reduce the clutter caused by the indiscriminate placing of
notices, to allow staff and students to differentiate between official and
content of notices.
B. Faculty or Departmental Notices

Notices emanating from a Faculty or Departmental Office or through such
Offices from other official UWI sources shall be posted on the official
Faculty or Departmental notice boards and such postings shall be signed by
a person designated to authorize postings, and may be stamped with the
Faculty or Departmental stamp. Notices not emanating from any such
Office may only be displayed on an Official Notice board with approval by
the person designated to authorize postings. The Faculty and Departmental
Offices shall maintain a record of the persons so designated.
C. Notices on the Student Representative Notice Board

Only notices authorized by the Student Representative or the Dean may be
posted. Notices displayed shall not normally exceed letter size format 22 cm
D. Notices on Classroom Doors

Notices may be placed on the door of a classroom but only if the content of
the notice relates to an activity within that classroom and must be placed in
a notice pocket where one is available. Such notices are to be removed
promptly after the activity to which it refers has ended.
18
For the purposes of this policy, notices shall include but not be limited to: advertisements,
banners, circulars, documents, drawings, handbills, invitations, pictures and posters
containing announcements addressed to or content displayed for the viewing by the general
public and or members of the University of the West Indies (Mona) community and/or any
subsection thereof, regardless of the format used.
219
E. Notices on Other Room Doors
Save for Official notices authorized by the Dean or Head of Department or
their nominees, only an occupant of a room may authorize a notice on the
door of that room. A staff member who regularly uses a door to post
notices shall make a request to the Faculty Office that a notice pocket be
placed on the door.
F. General Notices
General notices are those which do not emanate from a Faculty or
Departmental Office or through them from another official UWI source or
from the Student Representative. For the posting of general notices no
approval for posting is required where these are placed on general notice
boards, but the Disclaimer for Other Notice boards appearing in paragraph I
below must be prominently displayed on or near such notice boards.
G. General Provisions
(i) There shall be placed on each notice board in the Faculty:
a statement as to the category or categories of Notices (e.g.
restricted to examination matters only) that can properly be
displayed on that notice board and how permission to display can be
obtained.
the appropriate Disclaimer set out in paragraph I below.
(ii)
displayed indicating that it shall only be used for notices for specific
courses taught by the lecturer or as otherwise authorized by the
lecturer
(iii) For evidential purposes the Faculty Office and each Department shall
maintain on file, a copy of all notices emanating from the Faculty Office
or the Department, bearing the date and period of display and signed
by an authorized person.
(iv) Notices not emanating from any such Office shall also be dated and
so as to facilitate the orderly refreshing of notice boards.
(v) Notices shall not be posted on walls, trees, lamp posts, furniture, doors
(except as provided in paragraph E) or other places not designated for
the posting of notices.
(vi) Notices must state a contact person, and for printed notices the name
and address of the printer as required by Jamaican Law.
220
(vii) Notices posted shall conform to a standard of fair use; they shall not
obscure other current notices and they shall not take up a
disproportionate area of the notice board or exceed 28 cm x 44 cm
( .
(viii) Notices shall not be displayed in breach of the Laws of Jamaica in

general or more particularly as they relate to intellectual property, libel
and obscenity.
(ix) Without seeking to restrict freedom of expression, the Faculty Office

reserves the right to remove notices that are offensive or in poor taste;
especially where they portray a damaging image of the University, its
units or persons associated with it.
H. Consequences of Breach of Guidelines

Where notices do not conform to these policy guidelines, they may be
removed without reference to the person, office, organization or institution
by which they were posted.
I. Disclaimer
For Official Notice Boards:
By displaying notices submitted by persons or bodies external to the
University of the West Indies, the University does not accept responsibility
for the accuracy, completeness or reliability of the information they contain
and accepts no liability for any loss incurred on account of reliance on such
information.
For Other Notice Boards:

The University of the West Indies makes no representation and gives no
warranty, expressed or implied, as to the completeness or accuracy of any
information posted on this notice board, and is not responsible for any false
or defamatory statement contained in any notice so posted or for the
infringement of any proprietary or rights of any person on account of
anything contained in any such notice.
221
PART VIII
APPENDICES
FSS (MONA) PHILOSOPHY OF TEACHING AND

LEARNING
COURSEWORK ACCOUNTABILITY STATEMENT
STUDENT SERVICES OFFERED BY FACULTY
OVERVIEW OF STUDENT REQUEST SYSTEM (ASRS)
CREDIT CHECK
CO-CURRICULAR COURSES
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
REVISED FSS COURSE CODES AND TITLES
SEXUAL HARASSMENT POLICY & PROCEDURES
EMERGENCY NUMBERS
222
Appendix I: FSS MONA PHILOSOPHY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING
Our Commitment
element of the UWI mission. The FSS is committed to facilitating its

students and supporting it
distinctive graduate (as the desired outcome of the teaching and learning
process) with the set of attributes outlined in the 2012-2017 Strategic Plan
19
and set out below . In seeking to achieve its goals the FSS recognises the
importance of monitoring and evaluating processes as the basis for on-
going improvements in teaching and learning within the Faculty.
knowledge in the case of graduate students.
The FSS strives to create an environment, which fosters self-reflective

teaching and learning in which its staff members are committed to linking
teaching with research, participating in the scholarship of teaching, and
adopting innovative methods that meet the full range of learning needs of a
diverse student body. Teaching and learning is seen as a shared
responsibility between students and teachers. This enhanced by the full
integration of and cooperation among all those involved as instructors
within a collegial atmosphere that achieves an appropriate balance
between the role of the individual instructor and that of the department,
faculty and wider University community including the specialized units such
as the Instructional Development Unit, Students Services and Development,
AQAC, the Deputy Principals Office and OBUS. The FSS is firm in its view
that students must show a readiness and openness to learn, be active in the
teaching and learning process, and take part in the assessment of the
learning process.
The FSS sees itself as an integrated learning community which values both
disciplinary and interdisciplinary studies and encourages students to take
advantage of the insights and skills that can be gained from a range of
disciplines, including those outside of the faculty, and from an active
participation in co-curricular activities, internships and other enrichment
opportunities.
19
See UWI Strategic Plan 2012-2017, p.31 (UWI Mission) and p.34 (Attributes of the Distinctive
UWI Graduate).
223
The Enablers
The implementation of this philosophy is dependent on a shared vision,
adequate infrastructure, appropriate workload allocations and suitable
requirements of and opportunities for instructional skills development, as
well as a comprehensive set of administrative and academic support for
staff and students. An effective recruitment process for instructors and
students must be in place along with schemes for the professional
development of staff; and students must be able to access effective
counselling, academic advising and remedial services as needed. All
instructors including part timers require adequate orientation and Heads of
Departments must provide clear directions regarding teaching expectations
to new recruits; monitor their progress and afford them mentoring
opportunities where appropriate. Students have different learning styles
and strengths to which we must cater. We must identify students with
special needs (e.g. social, learning and psychological) and pay attention to
those who are doing poorly as well as those who are doing exceptionally
20
well so that all groups may be supported to achieve their true potential.
Quality Assurance
An integral element in the promotion of teaching and learning excellence in
the FSS involves seeking to make the best use of the UWI quality assurance
activities. Quality is maintained by continuous review of teaching and
learning strategies, programmes and courses based on feedback,
including that from institutional research; student assessments; peer
reviews; externa -studies; analyses of
international best practices and surveys of employers and graduates.
Monitoring mechanisms, utilizing a user friendly format, have been
designed to track the implementation of recommendations arising from
quality assurance reviews along with any alternative approaches designed
21
by the departments in response to reviews.
Teaching in Academic Staff Evaluation and Promotion

Teaching performance is an essential domain within which to evaluate
academics. No matter the excellence in the other domains (1] research,
publications and scholarship and 2] contribution to University life, public
service and professional activities) promotion must depend on meeting an
agreed standard of quality in teaching. Colleagues are expected to draft
20
This can be seen in the application of a policy on disabilities and the newly proposed Special
Honours Degree.
21
See relevant OBUS Quality Assurance documentation. FSS constantly seeks more effective
assessments of teaching and learning outcomes (see for example, FSS Enhancing Student
-review document and the format for tracking the
implementation of recommendations arising from Quality Reviews).
224
their own teaching philosophies and an assessment of teaching checklist is
22
being developed to aid evaluation.
Assessment of and for learning

There must be a clear link between learning outcomes, stated in course
outlines, a
and are the basis for final grades. The latter allow for feedback to benefit
instructors and students as they seek to assess the extent of learning and
adjust instructional and study strategies. In both roles, assessments are
pivotal in teaching and learning and therefore require the attention of
Departments and the Faculty, which must ensure that instructors have the
appropriate competencies and that responsibilities are shared in a collegial
manner.
Assessments must be aligned within the context of programmes to ensure

that those higher order skills associated with the attributes of the
distinctive UWI graduate are tested utilizing a wide range of methods,
within a system which preserves an incontestable reputation of probity and
23
sanctions dishonesty. Cross cutting curriculum strategies such as
communicating across the curriculum are valued and every effort is made
to foster
curiosity and promote autonomy, while directing them towards closer
involvement with the evaluation of their learning, and that of their peers.
Conclusion
We have a professional and civic responsibility to our Caribbean people to
ensure that future leaders are equipped with tools necessary to secure the
sustainable development of our region. To fulfil this responsibility, we must
do all in our power to ensure that while pursuing their degrees within the
Faculty, our students acquire the attributes of the distinctive UWI graduate,
which will equip them to play their role as future leaders within (and
beyond) the region.
22
See FSS(M)P. 181 Promotion and Evaluation Standards Academic Staff.
23
Reference can be made to the literature on Bloom and subsequent taxonomies of learning
domains.
225
Appendix II: Undergraduate Coursework Accountability Statement
To be attached by students registered for undergraduate courses in the

Faculty of Social Sciences, to the front of any document submitted as a
component of course work save that when coursework consists of an
invigilated examination no accountability statement is required and where
the submission is entirely in electronic form, the student shall make an
equivalent declaration electronically.
I hereby certify that I am the author of the attached item of coursework or

the section thereof for which I am responsible, herein after referred to as
this paper, and that all materials from reference sources have been
properly acknowledged.
I certify that I have read the relevant Faculty regulation contained in the
UWI Mona Faculty of Social Sciences Undergraduate Handbook (Regulation
12) and the documents to which the regulation refers:
In particular, the relevant UWI Examinations Regulations for First Degrees,

Associate Degrees, Diplomas and Certificates (78-85 in the case of the 2006-
2007 Examination Regulations).
I understand what plagiarism is and what penalties may be imposed on

students found guilty of plagiarism.
I certify that this paper contains no plagiarised material. In particular:
All quotations taken from other works have been referenced to the source
from which I obtained them and clearly indicated in this paper by the use of
quotation marks or indented paragraphs;
All paraphrases and summaries of material taken from other works have
been clearly indicated by appropriate framing and/or referencing;
Where material is drawn from other works I have avoided the use of
cosmetic paraphrasing thereby ensuring that I have presented paraphrases
and summaries that represent substantial representation of material from
the sources or alternatively I have used direct quotations;
I have included in the bibliography all works from which I have taken ideas
inclusive of, where appropriate, separate lists of works that have been cited
and works that have been consulted;
226
I certify that this is my own work and that I did not receive any unfair
assistance from others (including unauthorized collaboration) in its
preparation.
I certify that this paper has not previously been submitted either in its
entirety or in part within the UWI system or to any other educational
institution or if it has I have made an additional declaration below.
In the case of group work, I certify that the work that is the responsibility of
each member of the group has been clearly indicated and that where no
such indication has been given, I take responsibility for the work as if it
were the section of the paper for which I were solely responsible and that I
have not collaborated with any member of the group to breach the
Name __________________________ Signature __________________
Date __________________________
Additional accountability statement where work has been previously

submitted
I have set out in an attached statement the details regarding the

circumstances under which this paper or parts thereof has been previously
submitted.
I have received written permission from my Supervisor/Lecturer/Instructor

regarding the submission of this paper and I have attached a copy of that
written permission to this statement.
I hereby declare that the submission of this paper is in keeping with the
permission granted.
Name ____________________________ Signature __________________
Date __________________________
227
Appendix III: Presenting and Documenting Material in Course Essays
Students often run into trouble when presenting and documenting material
in course essays. The following guidelines should help students to steer
clear of any of the pitfalls that might result in being penalised for breaching
academic standards. Remember, it is your responsibility to ensure that your
essays adhere to the standards of academic integrity.
Types of Borrowed Material

There are three basic ways in which students may incorporate the ideas
that they have confronted in their reading in their essays: quotation,
summary and paraphrase. Far too many students misunderstand the
differences between these.
Quotation
You must indicate the borrowing with either quotation marks or block
indentation, combined with a footnote/endnote reference. For example:
power to utilize the state will seek to control entry. In addition, the
regulatory policy will often be so fashioned as to retard the rate of growth
1
Summary
A summary is where you present another writer's idea, only not his or her
words; further, you present only the core of the idea the main point
because you condense the idea as you reword it. You must also indicate the
borrowing with a footnote/endnote, usually combined with an introduction
(called a frame) that also attributes the summary. Here is a summary of the
sample quotation:
Stigler argues that influential economic interests seek regulations that
1
reduce competition.
Paraphrase
A paraphrase is like a summary in that you present only another writer's
idea, not his exact words; this time, however, instead of compressing the
idea, you restate it in your own words. Thus, the paraphrase is a little like a
translation. Although it isn't usually a word-for-word substitution, it often
follows the pattern of the original wording. Again you must indicate the
borrowing with a footnote or endnote, usually combined with an
introduction that also attributes the paraphrase. Here is a paraphrase of the
sample quotation from Stigler:
Stigler says that economic interests with sufficient influence over
government policy will try to bring about public policies that deter
228
competition from other firms. They will also encourage rules and
1
regulations that are detrimental to new rivals.
All three types of presentation use borrowed ideas, but only a quotation
uses borrowed words. You can mixanotherwriter'swords into your summary
or paraphrase, but you must show the specific borrowing in
quotationmarks. Here is our examplesummarywitha touch of quotation
thrown in:
1
competition from potential rivals.
Framing Your Presentation
Whether you quote, summarise, or paraphrase, you must give due
attribution to your source, by framing the borrowed idea with an
introduction and a footnote/endnote. Your endnote must include a specific
reference to the text from which you borrowed the material including page
numbers. Keep in mind that, in the absence of a quotation, the reference in
a footnote or endnote refers only to the single sentence that the notation
follows. Of course, quotation marks or block indentations indicate the
ready mechanical indicators. However, you can frame a borrowing

(especially a summary or paraphrase) with an introduction and a footnote.
An introduction
footnote/endnote reference will indicate the end. Then the footnote

reference applies to the entire borrowing.
Framing Hints
To work borrowed material into your papers, you must frame it gracefully
as well as responsibly. There are many varied ways to frame a quotation,
paraphrase, or summary. Here is an example of the most common
approach:
ccupation that has enough political

power to utilize the state will seek to control entry. In addition, the
regulatory policy will often be so fashioned as to retard the rate of growth
1
Don't rely solely on this frame, or your writing will seem mechanical and
monotonous. Consider the alternatives below, and also note how the
authors of your reading assignments frame their references to others.
229
he number of
individuals is quite small, or unless there is coercion or some other special
device to make individuals act in their common interest, rational self-
interested individuals will not act to achieve their common or group
1
interests.
In their ar
March and Olsen contrast the bargaining or exchange account of politics
integrative fashion, emphasizing the creation of identities and

1
The Interrupting Frame:
self-destructive organizational civil wars and feuds, astonishing failures

to look ahead or take any initiative in the face of the most pressing
The Art of the State,
1
The Separate-Sentence Frame:

ot all) of their
1
In
these terms, Gordon Tullock makes a departure from the orthodox
assumption in public administration that public servants act in the public
interest.
Minor Errors-Format
On one end of the spectrum are minor errors in format. There are formats
punishments range from an admonishment to a deduction of a few points
Major Errors-Plagiarism
At the opposite end of the trouble spectrum is plagiarism. Plagiarism
credit. Therefore, you obviously pl

words as though they were your own (by seeming to summarize or
paraphrase when in fact you quote directly) or (b) if you present someone
Punishment depends on the extent of the offense. But you should realize
this: any plagiarism violates academic integrity, so anything beyond the
most minor, accidental plagiarism will usually result in a zero grade for a
paper, with no chance to rewrite.
230
Major Errors-Other
On the trouble spectrum between minor errors and plagiarism, there are
other serious errors that can bring severe punishment. All of them breach
academic integrity (making a zero grade possible) of them could be
evidence of cheating. As with plagiarism, the extent of the error will
determine the extent of the punishment.
Blanket Notes
Remember that, except with quotations, a footnote or endnote generally
covers only the preceding sentence. The old student standby device of
putting a notation at the end of a paragraph to document something in the
presentation, or the sloppiness could be interpreted as an attempt to

disguise cheating. Avoid the trouble by using the frame of introduction and
parenthetical notation to indicate where a borrowing begins and ends.
Wrongly Attributed Borrowing

You must attribute the material you borrow to the source you actually use.
For example, you find in a book by Smith a quotation Smith borrowed from
another book by Jones. If you use the Jones quotation, you must document
the borrowing as material from Jones that you found in a book by Smith.
You cannot, however, document the passage as if you had found it in the
book by Jones or as if Smith himself had written it. Either of these ways
misattributes the quotation, and you could be accused of deceiving your
Padded Bibliographies
If you use a simple one-part bibliography, you must list only the works you
which you think the reader should be aware of. Listing works not cited in
have. So how can you

borrow material from? Use a two-part bibliography, the first part called
are the same.

Prepared by Dr. L. Stirton
231
Appendix IV: Student Services Offered by the Faculty
Requests handled by Faculty Office* Requests handled by the Department

Leave of Absence Academic Advising
Late Adjustments to Registration
Credit Checks
(Add/Drop)
Late Registration Change of Major, Minor, Special
Course Not for Credit
Change of Streams
(i.e.. Request to audit a course)
Exams Only Special Approval for Entry to Course
Exemption (with/ without credit) Departmental Override as follows:

Carry-over Coursework
(Coursework or mid-semester grades 1. PREQ and TEST SCORE-ERROR
carried forward from previous sitting of (Pre-requisites not satisfied)
course) 2. CORQ_{Course Code} (CRN) REQ
Course Substitution(s) 3. Level restriction
(Replacing a core course with another 4. College restriction
course) 5. Degree restriction
6. Programme restriction
Deferral of Exam(s)
7. Major restriction
(Usually under special circumstances)
8. Class restriction
Voluntary Withdrawal 9. Quota limit reached
Waiver of Requirement to Withdraw
Study at another UWI Campus
(Cave Hill/St. Augustine/Open Campus/
Western Jamaica Campus)
Exchange Programme
(Study at another University)
via the Student Administration System
(SAS)
Approval of Additional Course
(Credit Limit Exceeded)
Approval of Change of Enrolment Status

(Part-Time to Full-Time & vice versa)
*Request for all Faculty Office services, except Credit Check (See Appendix
VII), should be made using the Automated Student Request System (ASRS)
accessed via the online portal Student Administrative System (SAS). See
Appendix VI for steps on how to access the system.
232
Appendix V: Overview of the Automated Student Request System (ASRS)
What is the Automated Student Request System?

The Automated Student Request System (ASRS) is a web-based system used by
students requesting services from the Social Sciences Faculty Office.
The Main Features and Benefits of the ASRS:

Allow students to make requests online
Allow students to track the status of requests
Provide students with details (explanation) on each request type
Allow students to verify/update their biographic/personal data
Inform students of the requisite documentation needed for the processing of
each type of request
Automatically provide students with feedback on requests via e-mail.
Screen view of SAS login page
To Access the System:

Go to the Student Administration System (SAS)
Select Enter a Secure Area
Login into SAS (Follow the Login instructions provided)
Select the option labeled "Student Services"
Select "Automated Student Request System (Student)" from the list of items.
To Make a Request:
From the dropdown menu, select the desired request type.
Complete form and be sure to supply a reason for each request.
From the confirmation page, we recommend that you note the request type and
request number generated by the system. You will need this information to track
the status of your request(s).
233
Appendix VI: Credit Check
Credit Checks in the Faculty of Social Sciences are performed by students.

All students who wish to conduct a credit check should kindly note and
follow the steps below:
Procedure
1. Print an unofficial copy of your transcript accessed via SAS.
2. Locate the FSS Handbook online which corresponds with the year you entered the
programme at http://www.mona.uwi.edu/socsci/handbooks_archives.
3. Identify your programme of study in the relevant handbook and check

the requirements of the programme alongside your transcript to
determine courses completed and those outstanding.
4. All core courses, i.e., courses listed under a programme,as well as the
required number of electives at the indicated Levels (i.e., I or II/III) MUST
be passed in order to complete an FSS degree.
5. If after completing a credit check, you are still unclear whether you are on
the right track or not, please seek clarification from the Department that
offers the programme.
Note to Finalising Students

Students entering their final year of study are urged to seek academic
advising from their department during orientation week in September.
234
Appendix VII: Co-Curricular Courses
The following year-longco-curricular (3 credits) Level II courses are offered at

the Mona Campusthrough the Office of Student Services and Development
in collaboration with the Sports Unit. A student may register for any of these
courses via the normal registration process. The grading of co-curricular
courses will be pass /fail.
COCR2003 Cricket
COCR2004 Football
COCR2005 Netball
COCR2007 Steel Orchestra (Panoridim)
COCR2008 Track & Field
COCR2009 Photography (Camera Club)
COCR2010 Debating
COCR2011 Peer Support Provider Training
COCR2015 Leadership
235
Appendix VIII: Frequently Asked Questions
Q: To which department do I belong?

A: See Part IV for a list of departments and their respective degree programmes.
Q: How do I know which courses to choose for my Major?

A: See programme of study requirements outlined in Part IV of this Handbook or
check with your department.
Q: How many courses am I allowed to take for the academic year?

A: See Regulation 8 in Part III of this Handbook.
Q: Am I eligible for exemptions based on subjects passed at CAPE?

A: See Regulation 6 in Part III of this Handbook for list of courses from which you
may be exempted.
Q: What is the difference between an elective and a free elective?

A: See Glossary of terms used at the beginning of Part III.
Q: What is the difference between exemptions with and without credit?

A: See Glossary of terms used at the beginning of Part III.
Q: I am a part-time student yet some of my classes are held in the day, why is this?
A: Part-
not mean evening studies. While some Level I courses are offered in the evening,
the majority of the courses at Levels II and III are taught during the day. Students
registered part-time must be prepared to attend classes between 8am and 5pm.
Q: If the same course is required by both my major and minor, what should I do?
A: You will not normally be credited for the same course twice. Please seek guidance
from your department regarding substitute course(s).
Q: Do I have to take the foundation courses in my first year?

A: No. However, it is strongly recommended that students complete Part I of their
programme before proceeding to Part II.
Q: I would like to do an extra course this semester, how do I know if I am eligible?

A: See Regulation 8 in Part III for information.
Q: How do I request leave of absence?

A:Applications for leave must be made using the Automated Student Request
System (ASRS) accessed via the online portal Student Administrative System (SAS).
See Appendix VI for overview and instructions on how to use ASRS.
Q: Can I do a course without having the pre-requisite?

A:You may be permitted to do so at the discretion of the lecturer. The lecturer may
also allow you to take a course simultaneously with its pre-requisite.
236
Appendix IX: Sexual Harassment Policy and Procedures
The University of the West-Indies is an equal opportunity institution.

Accordingly, sexual harassment, an aspect of gender discrimination, is
expressly prohibited and will not be tolerated. The University of the West
Indies will reflect this policy of non-tolerance of sexual harassment in the
oversight of its students, employees, persons under its independent service
arrangements, other persons who provide academic services to the
University, as well as to its contractual agreements, independent service
arrangements and its inter-action with members of the public.
1. Informal Consultation on Sexual Harassment

1.1 Any member of the University community may consult with a Sexual
Harassment Advisor (SHA) in order to seek assistance, advice or counselling
in relation to sexual harassment where that person believes that sexual
harassment may have occurred in relation to himself or herself or to
another person, or where the person seeking advice believes that his or her
actions may amount to sexual harassment, or is the subject of criticism
(even if unjustifiably) on the ground of sexual harassment.
1.2 All consultations on sexual harassment shall be confidential, and no

further proceedings shall commence until a formal sexual harassment
complaint has been made by a person willing to be identified.
1.3 The SHA may disclose information received in a consultation only if the
expressed permission of the person who provided the information has been
secured in writing.
1.4 During a consultation, an individual may discuss matters concerning

sexual harassment, without identifying the persons involved, including
themselves.
1.5 This Policy and relevant procedures shall not preclude the University
from advising any member of the University Community to bring a claim of
sexual harassment through national legal procedures when deemed
appropriate.
NOTE:
Please consult with the Office of the Campus Registrar for the designated
Mona Sexual Harassment Advisor.
The complete Sexual Harassment Policy and Procedures is availablevia our

website: https://www.mona.uwi.edu/socsci/forms_and_docs
237
Appendix X: Online Learning Guide and Email Etiquette
Zig Ziglar
Overview
Here in the Faculty of Social Sciences, UWI, Mona, we are proud to serve as
role models for our students and to work with you as a team as we prepare
you to become stellar graduates; the proud representatives of our brand as
Social Scientists here at UWI, Mona.
While we feed your minds with various academic skills, we would like to
ensure that we also help you in strengthening your skills by providing you
with some important soft skills that are necessary to help you to achieve,
personal, social and professional success. This document has been prepared
to guide your etiquette in online settings, including your email etiquette.
Online Learning Guide

Online learning has suddenly become our new way of operating. The
months have gone by quickly since March 2020, and we now know that we
need to adapt our expectations and behaviours to get the very best from
our online experience.
Getting the best online learning experience means taking a more active
approach, such as being prepared to speak out in classes and tutorials,
participate in discussions, and work collaboratively. Students who thrive in
this new environment are self-directed, independent learners, who accept
responsibility for organizing their learning.
Below are a few easy-to-follow rules to ensure you are making the best
virtual impression and getting the most out of your online classes.
1. Be on time and ensure you are set up correctly.

Punctuality is especially important for online classes. Log into OurVLE at
least five minutes before the start of the class, and locate Blackboard
Collaborate (BbC). BbC is our virtual classroom solution that powers our
online teaching. Check your microphone, and if it is your first online class,
familiarize yourself with the interactive capabilities. Chat, polling, shared
files, whiteboard, and other features can be accessed using the purple
arrow icon in the bottom right corner of the page. Tools located at the top
of the screen are participant controls to draw or write on whiteboards and/
or files. Please refer to the diagram below. Remember too that running
other applications on your computer can slow your connection to the
session.
238
2. Try to be aware of your surroundings, especially if you are using your
webcam.
While we understand that there are some things beyond your control, try as
best as you can to find a space where there is nothing in the background
(e.g., traffic, other people, a pile of laundry) that may distract from the
class. Your Instructor and classmates can see behind you.
Once you log in to the virtual classroom, be sure to mute your microphone
(lower left-hand corner). This will help to eliminate background noise that
could distract the class. If, for any reason, you forget to mute your
microphone, causing distraction, be quick to apologise once you realize.
If you wish to speak, please use the "Raise Hand" button at the center of
the bottom of your screen. Once the Instructor calls on you, unmute
yourself and begin speaking. When you have finished speaking, indicate you
are done by saying something like "That's all" or "Thank you" and then
mute your microphone again. Please lower your hand once you have made
your comment or your question has been answered.
5. Be Polite.
The chat feature is a tool to make comments and ask questions without
interrupting the speaker but be aware that your comments are public and
are recorded in the minutes of the session. Please take your posts seriously
and review and edit your posts before sending. Avoid slang terms such as
using the caps lock feature AS IT CAN BE INTERPRETED AS SHOUTING. When

communicating online, you should always treat your Instructor(s) and
fellow classmates with respect. Avoid spamming the chat or sending the
same message repeatedly. Keep in mind that the chat shows the more
recent messages; a student who sends messages in the chat without
purpose drowns out the other students. Please remember, "You should
say online what you would not say in person.
6. Give your full, focused attention.

It goes without saying that giving your focused attention is one of the best
things you can do to learn efficiently. It may be tempting to use another
device or engage with someone or something else in your surroundings
rather than the class that you are a participant in. Side conversations with
other students via another means of communication should be avoided.
Show respect to the important learning process that you are engaged in
during the online class, just as you would if you were physically present in
239
person with your classmates. If you have to slip out of the class for a brief
period, it is advisable that you indicate this in the chat, particularly if you
are part of a small class or are expected to make a presentation during the
class.
7. Participate fully.
Participating fully may look different depending on what your Instructor is
expecting of you at any particular moment. At times, your Instructor will be
leading the class in a discussion and this is when it is most important to
speak up and share your thoughts. Of course, if your Instructor is simply
sharing instructions with you, then participating fully means paying close
attention to be sure you understand, writing anything down you do not
want to forget, and being ready to ask any questions you have about
confusing sections when the Instructor is done.
Avoid the tendency of some students to sit back and observe. When there is
a glowing screen in front of us, we can default to passive spectator mode.
Even if it is just taking notes, make the most of each online class by
becoming as active a learner as you can be. Remember too that Lecturers
contact them via email for assistance with clarifying difficult material etc.
8. Review your notes and the recording later.

Recordings of the classes are generally available one hour after the online
session. It may be helpful to some students to use their notes and the
recording for extra review of concepts that might have been difficult.
Challenging concepts may not make sense on the first time through, but
reviewing the recording again the next day might clarify all your questions.
Keep in mind that it is always possible that the recording will fail or there
will be a glitch in the technology. It is a good idea to take notes during the
live sessions and not only rely on re-watching later.
9. Keep up with all readings and assignments.

One of the challenges posed by online learning is the increased level of
responsibility that students will have for their own learning. It can be
tempting to put off readings and assignments. Doing this once can have a
spiral effect; you are likely to fall behind if you keep putting off readings and
assignments.
Avoid the panic and the feeling of constantly being behind by setting up
routines for yourself that ensure you are always on top of your assignments
and readings. Adopt a mindset that each day you will review readings and
focus on specific assignments and learning. Give yourself breaks and set
micro-goals to ensure that you keep up the motivation.
240
Email Etiquette
Forms of address
only appropriate between students.
Titles
may not be sensitive to titles; in this case a formal approach is still required.
Identifying yourself
Simply use your f
Lecturer well, you can use your first name. Do not assume that your
Lecturer is aware of the course to which you refer. Indicate the class which
you refer to as well.
Identifying others
If you are refe
name and surname of the person in question is appropriate. Reference to
Before sending an email
Use clear and concise language. Be resp

and attention.
Ensure that your writing is grammatically correct, spelling mistakes

are eliminated and that the correct punctuation is used.
Limit and possibly avoid the use of emoticons. Not everyone knows
how to interpret them.
Be cautious when using humour or sarcasm as tone is sometimes

lost in an email or chat post and your message might be taken
literally or offensively. That said, be careful of the tone of your
email. This is a professional exchange. You may not wish to convey
the impression of being clueless, irresponsible or rude.
Be sure to check that you are sending the message to the intended
recipient befor
241
are being sent, be sure to check that they are in place before
resources before asking the Lecturer questions, since the

information may have already been shared with you on OurVLE or
elsewhere.
Similarly, think before you send the e-mail to more than one
recipient. Does everyone really need to see your message?
Salutation
There are a variety of ways to end your email. Examples include:
etc. Shortened forms have become common and are not considered
Timeframe for response

Lecturers get lots of emails; do not expect an instant response. Give two to
three days for a response and if you do not hear from the Lecturer, just
send the email again. The Lecturer may not have noticed it for several
reasons. If you are sending an email while upset or angry, think about not
sending it until you have cooled off. A 24-hour resting period is often a very
good idea.
Student-Lecturer Interactions
1. You are an adult: This environment is a supportive environment for you

to learn to accept responsibility for the ways in which you act. Students are
expected to conduct themselves in a mature manner.
2. All classes are important: Lecturers put a lot of time and effort into
preparing for their classes. If you miss a class it is your responsibility to get
the information you have missed, you can do so by consulting with your
classmates, and completing the readings. If you are unclear about
something, then you can consult your Lecturer. You should however be
prepared before you go to your Lecturer. If you do consult your Lecturer be
sure to indicate what you did to prepare to meet with them; this
information will be appreciated.
3. Your GPA is your responsibility: Be consistent in reviewing your

performance. Discuss any challenges that may be impacting your
performance early in your courses. Follow up on your assignments and
ascribed grades.
4. Be respectful: The University is an environment of mutual respect.
242
5. Grades are earned: You have to put in the time to earn the grades you
deserve. Do not argue with your Lecturer about how deserving you are.
Rather, if you are concerned about your grade, you may take the following
approach: 'I'm concerned about the grade I received. I expected it to be
higher and believed I followed the requirements. May we discuss exactly
what I needed to have done differently?'"
6. Deadlines: Your Lecturer will give you adequate time to prepare for your
assignments. This may be included in your course outlines, posted on
OurVLE, and/or may be announced it class. It is your responsibility to follow
these deadlines.
7. Investment in your studies: It is recommended that you review your

notes before and after your lectures. At any point in time, your Lecturer
may choose to give you a random quiz.
8. Be on time for your classes and tutorials: you cannot afford to miss the
content of your courses, therefore it is expected that you will be on time for
your lectures and your tutorials.
9. Missing lectures/tutorials: Student

Handbook 2020-2021, ered students are
required to attend prescribed lectures, practical classes, tutorials, or clinical
instructions. Students with unsatisfactory class attendance [who have been
absent from the University for a prolonged period during the teaching of a
particular course year for any reason other than illness] or who have failed
to submit any assessments set by his/her Examiner, are subject to
debarment by the relevant Academic Board, on the recommendation of the
relevant Faculty Board, from taking any University examination. Procedures
to be used to measure attendance and assessments shall be prescribed by
10. Cell phone usage in class: while in class, your cell phones should be on
silent.
243
Peer-Peer Interactions
Social media platforms such as WhatsApp and Instagram allow for rapid
communication with friends, family and classmates, they also facilitate
group participation through features that allow public access to discussion
forums and posts. Below is a list of helpful suggestions that should allow
seamless integration and navigation throughout group chats that are
created with academic intentions.
1. Keep the group chat relevant- Academic group chats have been created
for the sole purpose of discussing pertinent information relating to a
specific course and quickly disseminating updates from Lecturers regarding
content and deadlines. If your intended subject of discussion deviates from
the collective academic goal of the course or if a message only relates to a
specific person, it would be best advised to have such discussions in a
private forum.
2. Be cautious of the intentions of the group chats with which you are
involved- group chats that are comprised of students who have
examination questions and are copying answers to course work from peers
SHOULD BE AVOIDED. This type of collaboration goes against the
that you are mindful of the group chats you are involved in. Breaching your
academic integrity results in serious sanctions.
academic dishonesty, leave the group immediately. It is best to separate

yourself from the situation as soon as possible. Find the appropriate group
chat of students who are looking for genuine and acceptable assistance
from their peers.
3. Be respectful of others- Do not start a group conversation at night when

everyone is probably asleep. You may want to establish an appropriate time
with the group. Use appropriate language for public conversation and when
referring to other members of the group chat. Expletives have no place in
communication with classmates.
4. Be very mindful of your tone-

but how you say it
our inability to interpret tone of voice in the messages that are sent. Stay
clear of conversations that contain sensitive or controversial subjects, and
as best as possible avoid conflict or escalating tensions through rude or
impulsive responses. If a disagreement ensues, clearly state that you are
happy to discuss the issue, but that a group chat is not the place. Then
move to pick up the phone and have a conversation outside of the group
chat setting.
244
5. Allow everyone an equal opportunity to participate in discussions or
decisions that are relevant to the group.
6. Check messages for errors before pressing send- Under examination

conditions, you are encouraged to check answers before turning them in;
the same principle applies to group chats. Remember that you cannot take
back your response once you hit send. Ensure that the message you send is
the one you intended to send, before pressing send.
7. Be mindful when utilizing the services of class representatives- Each

course normally has an assigned class representative whose main role is to
advocate on the behalf of their fellow classmates by facilitating
communication between the Lecturer and students. While most class
representatives eagerly have accepted the opportunity to act as a liaison,
please be mindful that this is a voluntary position. They hold themselves to
a particularly high standard and are willing to make every effort to ensure
that students within the course are at ease, however they are not forced or
compelled to meet individual demands. Approach class representatives
with kindness and be reminded that they too have lives of their own.
Let us work together on becoming aware of and harnessing these soft skills
as they can help us to succeed in the classroom and better equip us to enter
and thrive in the workplace after graduation.
Sources:
http://ijello.org/Volume4/IJELLOv4p205-223Craig510.pdf
https://achievevirtual.org/7-rules-for-online-etiquette/
https://education.depaul.edu/covid-19-resources/Pages/zoom-etiquette-
for-students.aspx
https://www.apa.org/ed/precollege/psn/2017/09/soft-skills
245
Appendix XI: FSS Community Appoints the Tiger as Mascot
The Faculty of Social Sciences is pleased to announce the appointment of

the Tiger as the Faculty Mascot. The appointment was approved by the FSS
community through a survey of options.
It is not a coincidence that of all the options that were presented to

members in our Faculty, the majority chose the Tiger as our mascot
representative. On the surface, the choice of the Tiger may appear to be
obvious, as the colours of its fur (orange, black and brown) are synonymous
orange and black. The choice of the Tiger may have also
been an unconscious calling, which delved further into the symbolic
meaning of the Tiger. It is understood that this specie represents strength,
courage, determination, dignity and independence - a replication of who we
as members in the Faculty of Social Sciences have been practicing for the
last 60 years.
Although the year 2020 has brought some challenges and disruptions to our
normal lives, it has also brought some unique opportunities. Unknowingly,
we seemed to have been operating through our Tiger spirit, in that, we
have been
the pandemic and have come to the realization that not only can we
manage courageously, but we can become better versions of ourselves.
and integrity, while harnessing our mental and physical strengths. Being the
encourage and empower each other. Irrespective of the challenges that lie
FSS-Tigers/Tigresses, though the journey at times may be perceived as long

and arduous, we continue to thrive, knowing that at times w
today and beyond.
on our past, introspect, and stealthily charge into the future with new
insights, inspirations, and goals.
246
Appendix XII: Emergency Contact Information
UWI Securityand Medical Emergency Numbers
Telephone # Extension
Campus Security (876)784-8881 | (876) 935-8748-9 | 2748-9

(876) 935-8331
Mona Police Post (876) 927-2298 2331
Health Centre (876) 927-2520 | (876) 970-0017 2270 | 2370
University Hospital (876) 927-1620-9
Counselling Services (876) 970-1992 | (876) 927-2520 2270 | 2370
Lost and Found (876) 927-2592 | (876) 977-0640 2220-2

(Faculty Office) (876) 395-0190 (c)
UWI Switchboard (876) 927-1660-9
Non-UWI Emergency Numbers
Ambulance 100
Fire 110
Police 119
Hurricane Update 116
FSS Emergency Assembly Points
Lawn of Staff Canteen

Lawn of Aqueduct (East of Faculty)
247

HTTPSWWW - Mona.uwi - Edusocscisitesdefaultfilessocscifss Undergraduate Handbook 2022-2023 As at August 8 2022 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

HTTPSWWW - Mona.uwi - Edusocscisitesdefaultfilessocscifss Undergraduate Handbook 2022-2023 As at August 8 2022 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

HTTPSWWW - Mona.uwi - Edusocscisitesdefaultfilessocscifss Undergraduate Handbook 2022-2023 As at August 8 2022 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

ACADEMIC YEAR 2022-2023

The Faculty of Social Sciences (FSS) Undergraduate Handbook is provided for

Purpose and Scope

It may be used as a prospectus, an orientation guide, and a reference

The programmes of study requirements outlined in this Handbook are to be

Organisation and Layout of the Handbook

Part I: Introduction to the Faculty

Part II contains information for persons who may be contemplating

Part III provides information on general degree regulations for all

Part IV outlines information related to the

Part VII is designed to promote an acceptable standard of attitudes and

Part VIII contains the Undergraduate Coursework Accountability Statement.

Part I Introduction to the Faculty

Part II Information for Prospective Students

Part III Faculty Degree Regulations

Part IV Programme of Study Requirements

Part V Course Information

Part VI Awards, Honours, Clubs and Societies

Part VII Codes of Conduct and Responsibilities

Part VIII Appendices

MESSAGE FROM THE DEAN

MESSAGE FROM THE FSS GUILD

FACULTY AND DEPARTMENTAL PERSONNEL

To all Tigers and Cubs,

To all our incoming Cubbies, congratulations on your matriculation to the

. Welcome to the Faculty of Social Sciences!

Associate Dean, Graduate Studies and Research

Associate Dean, Partnerships and Resource Mobilization

Associate Dean, Undergraduate Studies and Student Experience

Senior Administrative Officer

Information Technology Officer

Senior Administrative Assistant

Senior Computer Technologist

UWI Centre for Disability Studies

Senior Administrative Assistant

Senior Administrative Assistant

Mona School of Business and Management

Deputy Executive Director

Manager, Administrative Processes

Department of Sociology, Psychology and Social Work

Student Affairs (Admissions and International Office)

Senior Assistant Registrar Dr Marsha Morgan-Allen

Registry Information Systems (RIS)

Office of Student Financing

Office of Student Services and Development

Student Administrative Services Section/ Bursary

ENGLISH LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS

BSc. DEGREE PROGRAMMES OFFERED

TYPICAL FIRST YEAR CURRICULUM

SUGGESTED CAREER AREAS

OVERVIEW OF THE FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

UWI STATEMENT ON STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES

facilitate the efforts of persons with disabilities to acquire university

students with disabilities at the institution be increasingly brought in line

GENERAL AND FACULTYADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

Admission to all degree and diploma programmes in the Faculty will be on a

(b) An Associate degree, Diploma and/or Certificate from other approved